WO2023002875A1 - Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device - Google Patents
Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023002875A1 WO2023002875A1 PCT/JP2022/027188 JP2022027188W WO2023002875A1 WO 2023002875 A1 WO2023002875 A1 WO 2023002875A1 JP 2022027188 W JP2022027188 W JP 2022027188W WO 2023002875 A1 WO2023002875 A1 WO 2023002875A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- carbon atoms
- general formula
- hydrocarbon group
- substituted
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 145
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical class N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 121
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 141
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 122
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 claims description 90
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 42
- -1 oxime ester Chemical class 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000001060 yellow colorant Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 33
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 111
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 106
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 74
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 57
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 56
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 56
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 54
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 53
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 53
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 48
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 44
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 42
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 39
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 38
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 31
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 28
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc iodide Chemical compound I[Zn]I UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 22
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000040 green colorant Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 14
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000012046 mixed solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- OQHXZZGZASQSOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrachlorobenzene-1,2-dicarbonitrile Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(C#N)C(C#N)=C1Cl OQHXZZGZASQSOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 7
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 235000010228 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VXQBJTKSVGFQOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCOC(C)=O VXQBJTKSVGFQOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 4
- 210000002858 crystal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 4
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N desyl alcohol Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LTYMSROWYAPPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl sulfide Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1SC1=CC=CC=C1 LTYMSROWYAPPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 4
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOC(C)=O FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FDTLQXNAPKJJAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-hydroxyquinolin-2-yl)indene-1,3-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2C=C1O FDTLQXNAPKJJAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYHBFRJRBHMIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C1 VYHBFRJRBHMIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001056 green pigment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005226 heteroaryloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000005525 hole transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-hydroxypropionate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 3
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- RYNQKSJRFHJZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl) acetate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCOC(C)=O RYNQKSJRFHJZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QYGBYAQGBVHMDD-XQRVVYSFSA-N (z)-2-cyano-3-thiophen-2-ylprop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(\C#N)=C/C1=CC=CS1 QYGBYAQGBVHMDD-XQRVVYSFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GJZFGDYLJLCGHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(CC)C(CC)=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJZFGDYLJLCGHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzothiazole-2-thiol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(S)=NC2=C1 YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 2
- HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound NCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMYGFTJCQFEDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxybutyl acetate Chemical compound COC(C)CCOC(C)=O QMYGFTJCQFEDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTLHIRNKQSFSJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(3-sulfanylbutanoyloxy)-2,2-bis(3-sulfanylbutanoyloxymethyl)propyl] 3-sulfanylbutanoate Chemical compound CC(S)CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)CC(C)S)(COC(=O)CC(C)S)COC(=O)CC(C)S VTLHIRNKQSFSJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000038 blue colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- XUPYJHCZDLZNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCC XUPYJHCZDLZNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZANNOFHADGWOLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxyacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CO ZANNOFHADGWOLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 2
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBWFYEFYHJRJER-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CO)C=C1 VBWFYEFYHJRJER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001061 orange colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic anhydride Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006391 phthalonitrile polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940067265 pigment yellow 138 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000083 poly(allylamine) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- SMUQFGGVLNAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinaldine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C)=CC=C21 SMUQFGGVLNAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JZLWSRCQCPAUDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine;urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O.NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JZLWSRCQCPAUDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZXTWGWHSMCWGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC(N)=N1 VZXTWGWHSMCWGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAEWNKLGPBBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-tris[2-(3-sulfanylbutoxy)ethyl]-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound CC(S)CCOCCN1C(=O)N(CCOCCC(C)S)C(=O)N(CCOCCC(C)S)C1=O PAEWNKLGPBBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(S)=NC2=C1 YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNHGVULTSGNVIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)O BNHGVULTSGNVIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMGYOBQJBQAZKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-ethylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethanone Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMGYOBQJBQAZKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXYRTDICSOVQNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound COCCOC(C)O SXYRTDICSOVQNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRQYJINTUHWNHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxy-2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOCC RRQYJINTUHWNHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CCOCC(C)OC(C)=O LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYHKHKUEGSVBMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CCOC IYHKHKUEGSVBMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIKSHDNOAYSSPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propan-2-ylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound S1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2C(C)C YIKSHDNOAYSSPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMQFZQVZKBIPCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(3-sulfanylpropanoyloxymethyl)butyl 3-sulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound SCCC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)CCS)COC(=O)CCS IMQFZQVZKBIPCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYRYLQPEGLVUQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol 3-sulfanylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCS.OC(=O)CCS.OC(=O)CCS.OC(=O)CCS.OC(=O)CCS.OC(=O)CCS.OCC(CO)(CO)CO KYRYLQPEGLVUQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC(CC)=C3SC2=C1 BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC(C)=C3SC2=C1 LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJINVQNEBGOMCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound COCCOCCOC(C)=O BJINVQNEBGOMCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORXBVLDMEZLJSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-triazine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(OCCCC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)=NC(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)=N1 ORXBVLDMEZLJSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUBNJSZGANKUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PUBNJSZGANKUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIKJXWFVPDDJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethenyl]-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C=CC1=NN=C(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)O1 JIKJXWFVPDDJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXYWKXBAMJYTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-(3-sulfanylpropanoyloxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl 3-sulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound SCCC(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOC(=O)CCS BXYWKXBAMJYTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGTYTUFKXYPTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzoylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FGTYTUFKXYPTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAAVDLDRAZEFGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethyl 4-(dimethylamino)benzoate Chemical compound CCCCOCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 PAAVDLDRAZEFGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorothioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUDBVJCTLZTSDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C=C XUDBVJCTLZTSDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-mercapto-1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHCHLHOEAKKCAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxaspiro[3.5]nonane-1,3-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C11CCCCC1 HHCHLHOEAKKCAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical group C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFLRJMBSWDXSPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrafluorobenzene-1,2-dicarbonitrile Chemical compound FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C#N)C(C#N)=C1F OFLRJMBSWDXSPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPAGVACEWQNVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-acetyloxybutyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)CCOC(C)=O MPAGVACEWQNVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKIDEFUBRARXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-mercaptopropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCS DKIDEFUBRARXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYKYXWQEBUNJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylfuran-2,5-dione Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC1=O AYKYXWQEBUNJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFNISBHGPNMTMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylideneoxolane-2,5-dione Chemical compound C=C1CC(=O)OC1=O OFNISBHGPNMTMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VATRWWPJWVCZTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-oxo-n-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butanamide Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1C(F)(F)F VATRWWPJWVCZTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTQURCYYMGCGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-2-quinolin-2-ylindene-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(=O)C4=C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C4C3=O)Cl)Cl)=CC=C21 FTQURCYYMGCGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LABQKWYHWCYABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-sulfanylbutanoyloxy)butyl 3-sulfanylbutanoate Chemical compound CC(S)CC(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)CC(C)S LABQKWYHWCYABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXDXJSHQARTINV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromoquinoline-6-carboxylic acid Chemical compound N1=CC=C(Br)C2=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 LXDXJSHQARTINV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STBGWNRZMPCVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4h-thiopyran Chemical group C1C=CSC=C1 STBGWNRZMPCVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOFBRZWVWJCLGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-thione Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2NC(S)=NC2=C1 KOFBRZWVWJCLGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHLKOHSAWQPOFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-phenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class N1C=NC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XHLKOHSAWQPOFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZQAFXSBDKWMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1(CCCC)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C=C(C=C2)C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CCCCC1(CCCC)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C=C(C=C2)C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 IZQAFXSBDKWMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004641 Diallyl-phthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJQWLNNCQIHKHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl 3-mercaptopropanoic acid Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCS CJQWLNNCQIHKHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004640 Melamine resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NQSMEZJWJJVYOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl 2-benzoylbenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NQSMEZJWJJVYOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKEQBMCRQDSRET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylone Chemical compound CNC(C)C(=O)C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 VKEQBMCRQDSRET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRSMWKLPSNHDHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalic anhydride Chemical class C1=CC(C(=O)OC2=O)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GRSMWKLPSNHDHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical group C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001252 Pd alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-WPWMEQJKSA-N [(e)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino] acetate Chemical compound C=1C=C2N(CC)C3=CC=C(C(\C)=N\OC(C)=O)C=C3C2=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-WPWMEQJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino] acetate Chemical compound C=1C=C2N(CC)C3=CC=C(C(C)=NOC(C)=O)C=C3C2=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVWADWOERKNWRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-phenylmethanone Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RVWADWOERKNWRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOBBTVPTPXRUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(3-sulfanylpropanoyloxy)-2,2-bis(3-sulfanylpropanoyloxymethyl)propyl] 3-sulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound SCCC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)CCS)(COC(=O)CCS)COC(=O)CCS JOBBTVPTPXRUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBHQYYNDKZDVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4-methylphenyl)sulfanylphenyl]-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1SC1=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 DBHQYYNDKZDVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARNIZPSLPHFDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-(4-methoxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 ARNIZPSLPHFDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [phenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphoryl]-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=C(C)C=C(C)C=C1C GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002318 adhesion promoter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012670 alkaline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) benzene-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC=C QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2,2-difluorocyclopropane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1CC1(F)F JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003763 carbonization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004581 coalescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000956 coumarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007872 degassing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940019778 diethylene glycol diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYAAVKFHBMJOJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diimidazo[1,3-b:1',3'-e]pyrazine-5,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CN=CN2C(=O)C2=CN=CN12 UYAAVKFHBMJOJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLNBQUAHERCLKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylamino benzoate Chemical compound CN(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VLNBQUAHERCLKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(C)C(=O)OCC UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHRLOJCOIKOQGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)OC WHRLOJCOIKOQGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZKQJSLASWRDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1CCC(O)CC1 BZKQJSLASWRDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001046 green dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Substances CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-butyl acetate Natural products CC(C)COC(C)=O GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M isocaproate Chemical compound CC(C)CCC([O-])=O FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CC(C)C OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010746 mayonnaise Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008268 mayonnaise Substances 0.000 description 1
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 1
- LDTLDBDUBGAEDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-sulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCS LDTLDBDUBGAEDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYDYVXROZHFTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1CCC(O)CC1 HYDYVXROZHFTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWNSNYBMYBWJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N octyl 3-sulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCS LWNSNYBMYBWJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxyphenol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004632 polycaprolactone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006149 polyester-amide block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005749 polyurethane resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940116423 propylene glycol diacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004634 thermosetting polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006337 unsaturated polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001771 vacuum deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003021 water soluble solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001043 yellow dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001052 yellow pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B47/00—Porphines; Azaporphines
- C09B47/04—Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
- C09B47/08—Preparation from other phthalocyanine compounds, e.g. cobaltphthalocyanineamine complex
- C09B47/18—Obtaining compounds having oxygen atoms directly bound to the phthalocyanine skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/006—Preparation of organic pigments
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0071—Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
- C09B67/0084—Dispersions of dyes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
- G03F7/031—Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, a colored curable composition, a color filter, and a display device.
- Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices.
- the light passing through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter as it is, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image.
- an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
- the organic light emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment. Therefore, in color filters, there is an increasing demand for higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
- the color filter is generally composed of a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a formed light blocking portion.
- a pigment dispersion method which has excellent average characteristics in terms of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, etc., is most widely used.
- a color filter having pixels formed using a pigment dispersion method there is a problem that the light transmittance of the color filter is reduced and the contrast is lowered due to the pigment particles. Therefore, attempts have been made to achieve color filters with improved brightness and contrast by using coloring compositions using dyes that do not form particles.
- Patent Literature 3 describes that the object is to provide a colored resin composition that has sufficient brightness for practical use and can form a pattern in which the generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
- the technique of the colored resin composition still has the problem that foreign matter tends to precipitate after the heat treatment (after the post-baking step) and the contrast is poor, as shown in the comparative examples described later.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material and a colored curable composition capable of forming a colored layer in which deposition of foreign matter is suppressed and contrast is improved. do. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter and a display device formed using the colored curable composition.
- the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant according to the present invention is a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the following general formula (1).
- X 1 to X 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the following general formula (2 ) represents a monovalent group represented by At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) below. and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formula (2-6) below.
- the colored curable composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and the coloring material contains the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material according to the present invention. .
- a color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the colored curable composition according to the present invention. It is characterized by being a colored layer which is a cured product of.
- the present invention provides a display device characterized by having the color filter according to the present invention.
- a halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material capable of suppressing precipitation of foreign matter and forming a colored layer with improved contrast, and coloring curability capable of forming a colored layer with improved contrast using the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material
- a composition, a color filter using the colored curable composition, and a display device using the color filter can be provided.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display device of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
- light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation
- radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and electron beams.
- (meth)acryl means acrylic and methacrylic
- (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate
- (meth)acryloyl means acryloyl and methacryloyl.
- substituted or unsubstituted means that it may have a substituent.
- substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group includes alkyl groups having substituents and alkyl groups having no substituents.
- halogenated Phthalocyanine colorant is a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the following general formula (1).
- X 1 to X 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the following general formula (2 ) represents a monovalent group represented by At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) below. and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formula (2-6) below.
- the phthalocyanine colorant has a planar structure of the phthalocyanine ring and easily forms a laminated structure through ⁇ - ⁇ interaction, and has high crystallinity. Therefore, the colored layer containing the phthalocyanine colorant has a problem that after the heat treatment (post-baking process), crystal growth and aggregation of the phthalocyanine colorant tend to deposit foreign matters, resulting in poor contrast.
- X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom
- at least one of X 1 to X 16 is , a monovalent group represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5)
- at least one of X 1 to X 16 is 1 represented by the general formula (2-6) is the base of the valence. Since at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, the electron-withdrawing effect shifts the color derived from the phthalocyanine skeleton, which is the hue in the blue region, to a longer wavelength, making it suitable for green colored layers for color filters. become color.
- the crystal growth and aggregation of the phthalocyanine colorant are suppressed after the heat treatment (post-baking step) of the colored layer. Presumably, this suppresses the deposition of foreign matter and enables the formation of a colored layer with improved contrast.
- the halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like. At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom. Among them, 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably fluorine atoms in terms of color and maximum absorption wavelength range.
- X 1 to X 16 may be hydrogen atoms.
- the number of hydrogen atoms among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected by adjusting the color, and may be 0 to 8, may be 0 to 4, or may be 0 to 2. It's fine.
- X 1 to X 16 may be hydroxy groups. The number of hydroxy groups among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of color and maximum absorption wavelength range, but may be 0 to 4 or may be 0 to 2. .
- the hydrocarbon group in the substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in X 1 to X 16 , includes a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic and aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (alkyl group) or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (alkenyl group, alkynyl group).
- straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a straight-chain or branched propyl group, a straight-chain or branched butyl group, a straight-chain or A branched pentyl group, a linear or branched hexyl group, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group and the like can be mentioned, and examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
- a phenyl group is mentioned, for example.
- the substituent includes a halogen atom, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (wherein R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom number of 1 to 14 hydrocarbon groups, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups having 5 to 14 ring atoms), specifically halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, aldehyde groups, carboxy groups, alkoxy groups, An aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms in R s1 may be the same as the above-described hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, as well as the alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group described later.
- the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms may be the same as the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms described later.
- the hydrocarbon group in R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- the heterocyclic group may be a heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 ring atoms.
- R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group. . Further, the substituent of the hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group in R s1 may be an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- X 1 to X 16 may be a monovalent group represented by general formula (2) below, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is represented by general formula (2- 1) to (2-5), and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (2-6).
- the substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. It may be a hydrogen group.
- Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, linear or branched propyl group, linear or branched butyl group, linear or branched pentyl group, linear A chain or branched hexyl group, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It may be a chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms include a cyclopentyl group , cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, and adamantyl group.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
- examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms include phenyl group and naphthyl. group, biphenyl group, fluorenyl group, anthracenyl group, and the like.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms and may be a phenyl group.
- the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms includes, for example, one free valence having a furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, 2H-pyran ring, 4H-thiopyran ring, pyridine ring, 1,3-oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, 1,3-thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, imidazole ring, Groups such as pyrazole ring, furazane ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, carbazole ring, acridine ring and the like are included.
- the heterocyclic group may be a heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 ring-constituting atoms.
- the substituent may be a halogen atom, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (here R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms), a halogen atom, It may be a hydroxy group, an aldehyde group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
- the substituent may be a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or A branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (wherein R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms), halogen atoms, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy groups, aldehyde groups, carboxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, It may be a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroary
- the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms in R s1 includes, in addition to the hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in X 1 to X 16 , the alicyclic hydrocarbon group in R 2 P and the aromatic It may be the same as a hydrocarbon group. Further, the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms may be the same as the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in R 1 P above. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, the hydrocarbon group in R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the heterocyclic group may be a heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 ring atoms.
- R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group. .
- the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and heterocyclic group in R 2 may have as a substituent includes the above - mentioned It may be the same as a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further, the substituent of the hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group in R s1 may be an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group
- R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L1 and R L2 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent linear or branched saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic A cyclic hydrocarbon group may be mentioned, and may be a divalent linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups examples include methylene group, ethylene group, linear or branched propylene group, linear or branched butylene group, linear or branched pentylene group, linear or branched hexylene group, and the like. mentioned.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L1 and R L2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L2 of general formula (2-2) may be an ethylene group or a branched propylene group.
- n in general formula (2-2) represents an integer of 1-5, and may be 1-3.
- R a represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
- the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in R a may be the same as R 2 above.
- R b is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or an unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 14 ring atoms represents a heterocyclic group.
- R b is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms may be the same as R 2 P above.
- R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and a It may be a hydrocarbon group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms.
- R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of solvent solubility.
- R b may be an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of solvent solubility.
- Rb may be a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of good solubility in a highly polar solvent.
- R c represents a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
- the substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms in R c may be the same as R 2 above.
- R p aromatic hydrocarbon groups in R p , R a , and R b in general formula (2), precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed, and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed.
- It may be a monovalent group represented by
- -W- is a single bond or -O-
- R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring is a heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 atoms
- R s2 is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- p is an integer of 1 to 3
- q is an integer of 0 to 2.
- multiple W and R s1 may be the same or different
- q is 2 may be the same. It may be different. * indicates the binding position.
- R s1 may be the same as described above. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, R s1 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. .
- the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- R s1 is a substituted alkyl group, it may be a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
- p may be 1 or 2, and may be 1;
- p 2
- two -CO-WR s1 are at the 3,5-position or 2,4-position with respect to -O- to which the monovalent group represented by the general formula (3) is bonded. It may be bonded, and may be bonded at the 3- and 5-positions.
- q may be 0 or 1 and may be 0;
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon groups in R p , R b , and R c in general formula (2) are among those represented by general formula (4) below, since precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed. It may be a monovalent group represented by
- -W- is a single bond or -O-
- R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring is a heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 constituent atoms
- R s2 is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- p is an integer of 1 to 3
- q is an integer of 0 to 2.
- multiple W and R s1 may be the same or different
- q is 2 may be the same. It may be different. * indicates the binding position.
- R s1 may be the same as described above. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, R s1 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. .
- the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- R s1 is a substituted alkyl group, it is preferably a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
- p may be 1 or 2, and may be 1;
- q may be 0 or 1 and may be 0;
- the general formula (2-1) has a bulky terminal, and the bulky terminal is more mobile, It is preferable from the viewpoint that crystal growth is easily suppressed by steric hindrance.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R a of the general formula (2-1) is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (3), precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and the contrast is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easy formation of a colored layer.
- the general formula (2-5) has a bulky terminal and is easy to suppress crystal growth due to steric hindrance. preferable.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R c of the general formula (2-5) is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (4), precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and the contrast is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easy formation of a colored layer.
- the monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3) and the general formula (2-4) is preferable because the alkylene oxide chain and the ester portion easily improve the affinity with the polymer or the polymerizable compound and easily suppress the aggregation of the coloring material.
- the terminal R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 14 carbon atoms group, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group with 5 to 14 ring atoms, affinity with polymers and polymerizable compounds It is preferable from the viewpoint that the properties are easily improved, the aggregation of the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the terminal is bulky and crystal growth is easily suppressed by steric hindrance.
- the terminal R b is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (3) or a monovalent group represented by the general formula (4), precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed and contrast is improved. It is preferable from the point that it is easy to form an improved colored layer.
- halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material of the present invention precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed, contrast is improved, and a colored layer is formed that exhibits excellent color characteristics such as brightness and tinting strength when toned according to various color standards.
- 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably monovalent groups represented by the above general formula (2), because of the ease with which X 1 to X 16 can be combined.
- the precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed.
- 4.5, especially 4 are preferably monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5).
- the precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed.
- 4.5 on average, preferably 4, are monovalent groups represented by the general formula (2-6).
- any one of X 1 to X 4 and X 5 to X 8 are selected from the viewpoint that deposition of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed.
- Any one of X 9 to X 12 and any one of X 13 to X 16 are represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) having a total of four monovalent groups, and any one of X 1 to X 4 , any one of X 5 to X 8 , any one of X 9 to X 12 , and , any one of X 13 to X 16 preferably has a total of four monovalent groups represented by the general formula (2-6), and further X 2 or X 3 , X 6 or X 7 , X 10 or X 11 , and X 14 or X 15 each have a total of four monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), and It is more preferable to have a total of four monovalent groups represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), and It is more preferable
- a method for producing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant conventionally known production methods can be appropriately selected and used. For example, a method of cyclizing a phthalonitrile compound and a metal salt in a molten state or in an organic solvent can be preferably used. can be manufactured.
- the phthalonitrile compound used as a starting material can also be synthesized by appropriately selecting a conventionally known production method, and a commercially available product may be used.
- the colored curable composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and the coloring material is the halogenated phthalocyanine of the present invention.
- a coloring material is the halogenated phthalocyanine of the present invention.
- Contains colorant Since the colored curable composition of the present invention contains the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed.
- the colored curable composition according to the present invention contains at least a coloring material, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and further to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It may contain ingredients.
- the coloring material may further contain other coloring materials in addition to the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material represented by the general formula (1).
- the other coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of developing a desired color, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dyes, salt-forming compounds of dyes, etc. may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
- the colorant may further contain a yellow colorant.
- a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the general formula (1) may be further contained.
- yellow coloring materials include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, 231, and yellow pigments such as derivative pigments thereof, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, azo dyes, methine dyes, azomethine dyes, quinophthalone dyes, etc
- a quinophthalone-based colorant is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance and light resistance and high transmittance.
- the quinophthalone-based colorant is also preferable in that it has a hue suitable for use in color filters.
- a quinophthalone-based colorant refers to a colorant synthesized by condensation of a quinoline derivative such as quinaldine and a phthalic anhydride derivative or a naphthalic anhydride derivative, and may be any of pigments, dyes, and salt-forming compounds of dyes. good.
- quinophthalone pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 and the like.
- Examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
- the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention C.I. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63, etc. green pigments, squarylium, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, coumarin, cyanine, or green dyes such as azo dyes.
- the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment.
- the phthalocyanine green pigment include C.I. I.
- C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred,
- C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred,
- C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is more preferred.
- colorants include, for example, blue colorants and orange colorants.
- orange colorant C.I. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
- blue colorant C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 60.
- the content ratio of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention to the entire colorant may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited.
- the content of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention with respect to the entire colorant is preferably 30 to 95% by mass, more preferably 40 to 85% by mass. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 50 to 80% by mass.
- the yellow colorant is appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment, it is preferable to contain 5 to 233 parts by mass of a yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, and 18 to 150 parts by mass. is more preferable, and it is even more preferable to contain 25 to 100 parts by mass.
- the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant when a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is contained, the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is appropriately selected, and one kind alone or two Used by mixing more than one species.
- the content ratio of the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted to a desired chromaticity, It is not particularly limited.
- a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. preferably 18 to 567 parts by mass, and even more preferably 25 to 400 parts by mass.
- the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention is added to the entire colorant.
- the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, it is preferable to contain 5 to 70 parts by mass of a yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of a green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. , more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
- the colorant may further contain a colorant other than the green colorant and the yellow colorant, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- the total content of the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention and the yellow colorant is preferably 70 to 100% by mass, especially 80 to 100% by mass, based on the total colorant. % is more preferable.
- the total content of the coloring material is, for example, preferably in the range of 3% to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the colored curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
- the content of the colorant is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 60% by mass.
- the solid content includes all substances other than the solvent described above, including monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
- Binder component The polymer, polymerizable compound, and initiator contained in the colored curable composition according to the present invention serve as a binder component of the colored curable composition to impart film-forming properties and adhesion to a surface to be coated.
- a binder component used in forming a conventionally known colored layer can be used as appropriate, and is not particularly limited, but can be polymerized and cured by visible light, ultraviolet rays, electron beams, or the like, for example. Examples include a photosensitive binder component and a thermosetting binder component that can be polymerized and cured by heating, and a mixture thereof can also be used.
- thermosetting binder component a polymer which may have a thermally polymerizable functional group as a polymer, a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and the above thermally polymerizable polymer as an initiator.
- examples include systems containing at least a thermal polymerization initiator including a curing agent that reacts with the functional group.
- thermally polymerizable functional groups include epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, and hydroxy groups.
- a photosensitive binder component having alkali developability is preferably used.
- a thermosetting binder component may be used in addition to the photosensitive binder component.
- the photosensitive binder component includes a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component.
- the positive photosensitive binder component include, for example, an alkali-soluble resin as a polymer, a compound having an acid-cleavable bond and an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and a thermal radical polymerization initiator as an initiator. and a system containing a photoacid generator.
- the negative photosensitive binder component a system containing at least an alkali-soluble resin as a polymer, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator as an initiator is preferably used. be done.
- the binder component contained in the colored curable composition according to the present invention the negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using existing processes.
- an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used.
- the alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
- the alkali-soluble resin can be considered to have an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more.
- a carboxy group is mentioned as an acidic group which alkali-soluble resin has, for example.
- the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group.
- the carboxy group-containing copolymer include (meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group and styrene-(meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group. .
- these (meth)acrylic copolymers styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having a carboxyl group
- (meth)acrylic copolymers such as (meth)acrylic copolymers
- epoxy (meth)acrylate resins are a mixture of two or more.
- a (meth)acrylic copolymer such as a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group is, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer, and, if necessary, other copolymerizable monomers are (co)polymerized by a known method.
- Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, (meth)acrylic acid dimer etc.
- addition reaction products of monomers having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and cyclic anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (Meth)acrylates and the like can also be used.
- Anhydride-containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride may also be used as precursors of the carboxy group.
- (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
- the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate.
- a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group
- shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is alleviated, and substrate adhesion is improved.
- an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group the solvent resistance of the resulting colored layer is improved, and in particular swelling of the colored layer is suppressed, which is also preferable.
- hydrocarbon rings examples include cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof, and hydrocarbon rings may have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, or the like.
- hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
- Ring Aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc.; Chain polycyclic ring such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. is mentioned.
- the hydrocarbon ring when an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
- a structure cardo structure in which two benzene rings are bonded to a fluorene skeleton is included, the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and swelling against NMP is particularly suppressed.
- the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
- the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention using a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, in addition to a structural unit having a carboxy group, adjusts the amount of each structural unit. It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the function of the structural unit by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
- an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is used as the above-mentioned "other copolymerizable monomer”.
- Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring used in alkali-soluble resins having a hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, a monomer having a cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group, etc. can be preferably used, and the effect of suppressing the deposition of foreign substances derived from the coloring material even after heat treatment is obtained.
- cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, and monomers having a cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group are preferred in view of their large size. .
- the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention also preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in its side chain.
- the alkali-soluble resins may form cross-linked bonds with each other, or between the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer in the step of curing the resin composition during the production of the color filter.
- the film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group means a radically polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond, and examples thereof include (meth)acryloyl group, vinyl group and allyl group.
- a method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, is added to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain.
- a structural unit having a hydroxy group is introduced into the copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain.
- the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate.
- the structural unit having an ester group functions not only as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the colored curable composition, but also as a component that improves solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility.
- the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention is a (meth)acrylic copolymer and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring ( It is preferably a meth)acrylic resin, and a (meth)acrylic copolymer and styrene having a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond - (Meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers are more preferable.
- the desired performance of the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can be obtained by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of the monomer that induces each structural unit.
- the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less.
- the copolymerization ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 5% by mass or more, the decrease in the solubility of the obtained coating film in an alkaline developer can be suppressed, and pattern formation is facilitated.
- the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less, chipping of the pattern and film roughness on the pattern surface are less likely to occur during development with an alkaline developer.
- the said copolymerization ratio is a value calculated from the preparation amount of each monomer.
- (meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers and styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having structural units having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, which are more preferably used as alkali-soluble resins .
- the amount of the monomer having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to 100% by mass of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer, It is more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.
- a preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.
- the weight average molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, sufficient curability of the coating film can be obtained, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes easy during development with an alkaline developer.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is obtained as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
- the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited. ) acrylate compounds are suitable. Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used. Among the epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, those containing the cardo structure in the molecule have an improved display defect suppressing effect, improve the curability of the colored layer, and reduce the residual of the colored layer. It is preferable from the point that the film ratio becomes high.
- the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer.
- the carboxyl group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less in terms of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used in the developer and adhesion to a substrate. more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 250 mgKOH/g or less.
- the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
- the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent when the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group is 100 or more and 2000 or less from the viewpoint that the film strength of the cured film is improved and the deposition of the coloring material can be further suppressed.
- a range is preferable, and a range of 140 or more and 1500 or less is particularly preferable.
- the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Also, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units such as structural units having a carboxy group and structural units having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained.
- the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is the weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
- Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) W (g) / M (mol) (In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
- the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is obtained, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained per 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. can be calculated.
- the content of the alkali-soluble resin used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is in the range of mass % to 40 mass %.
- the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient alkali developability is easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit value, film roughness and pattern chipping occur during development. is easy to suppress.
- the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition 10% by mass to 45% by mass.
- the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is at least the above lower limit, sufficient curing can be obtained, and peeling of the patterned coating film of the colored curable composition can be suppressed.
- peeling by cure shrinkage can be suppressed as content of the polymer which has an ethylenically unsaturated group is below the said upper limit.
- the colored curable composition according to the present invention includes, as the polymer, for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, Thermosetting polymers such as melamine-urea cocondensation resins, silicon resins, and polysiloxane resins may also be contained.
- a phenol resin for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, Thermosetting polymers such as melamine-urea cocondensation resins, silicon resins, and polysiloxane resins may also be contained.
- the said polymer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- the content of the polymer in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 50% by mass.
- the polymer content is at least the above lower limit, a decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the polymer content is at most the above upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. .
- the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used.
- a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used as the thermally polymerizable compound.
- a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxy group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group in the molecule can be used.
- a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound by using it in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
- a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using an
- the photopolymerizable compound used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is used.
- polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups are preferred.
- Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
- photopolymerizable compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the colored curable composition of the present invention, the photopolymerizable compound has three polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bonds (trifunctional) or more. Poly(meth)acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and dicarboxylic acid-modified products thereof are preferable.
- trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate pentaerythritol tri( meth)acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate Preferred are succinic acid-modified acrylates, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and the like.
- the content of the polymerizable compound in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is more preferably 50% by mass, and even more preferably 20% by mass to 40% by mass.
- the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, poor curing can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from eluting during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is at most the above upper limit. , development defects can be suppressed, and heat shrinkage can be suppressed, so fine wrinkles are less likely to occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
- the initiator used in the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators.
- the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
- photoinitiators examples include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, ⁇ -aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to.
- Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin.
- benzoin biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-,, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl
- 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used.
- combining an ⁇ -aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
- the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, the amount of sublimate during the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When it is at least the lower limit value, development resistance such as water staining is improved.
- the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity.
- an oxime ester-based photoinitiator by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed.
- the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
- the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. More preferably, it has a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
- Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like.
- Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton
- Adeka Arcules NCI-930 and TR-PBG-3057 Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton
- Adeka Arcules NCI-831 Adeka Arcules NCI-831
- TR-PBG-304 and TR.
- -PBG-345, TR-PBG-365 having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used (Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, Adeka Arcles series manufactured by ADEKA, and TR series manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Denshi New Materials Co., Ltd.).
- an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness.
- an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton it is preferable to use a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton.
- the oxime ester photoinitiator may be used in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure.
- a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. be.
- photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
- 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
- 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
- the oxime ester photoinitiator may be combined with a thioxanthone initiator.
- Two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators may be combined with a thioxanthone photoinitiator from the viewpoints of being easy to use, having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains, and improving development resistance.
- the content of the initiator in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. is within the range of When the content of the initiator is at least the above lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at most the above upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. .
- ⁇ Sensitizer> since the dye diffused in the system absorbs the exposure light and tends to lose the radical generation from the initiator, from the point of compensating for this, it is preferable to include a sensitizer in combination with the photoinitiator. is preferred. Among them, from the viewpoint of good reactivity of the (meth)acrylic polymerization system, it is preferable to contain a thiol-based sensitizer, and it is more preferable to contain the oxime ester-based initiator in combination with a thiol-based sensitizer.
- Examples of thiol-based sensitizers include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups.
- Examples of monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
- polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
- the content of the sensitizer when it is contained is, from the viewpoint of the effect of improving the curability, for example, 0.5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. ⁇ 10% by mass can be used.
- the content when the sensitizer is included is more preferably 1% by mass to 6% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. be.
- the binder component (polymer, polymerizable compound, initiator, optionally contained sensitizer) used in the colored curable composition of the present invention is the solid content of the colored curable composition It is preferably in the range of 35% by mass to 97% by mass, more preferably in the range of 40% by mass to 96% by mass, relative to the total amount. If it is at least the above lower limit, a colored layer having excellent hardness and adhesion to the substrate can be obtained. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it will be excellent in developability, and generation
- the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the colored curable composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them.
- a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol and methoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and methoxypropione.
- Ester solvents such as methyl acid, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-butyl butyrate, clohexanol acetate; acetone, Ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; glycol ether acetates such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate, and butyl car
- Hydrogen-based solvents saturated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; and organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
- organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene.
- glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of solubility of other components.
- propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy -3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, the solubility of other ingredients and application It is preferable from the viewpoint of aptitude.
- a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of solvents may also be used from the viewpoint of developability, solvent re-solubility, and the like.
- the content of the solvent may be set as appropriate within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. Generally, it is preferably in the range of 55% to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
- the coloring material When the coloring material is dispersed in the colored curable composition of the present invention, it may further contain a dispersing agent from the viewpoint of coloring material dispersibility and coloring material dispersion stability.
- the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants.
- the dispersing agent for example, a cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone or fluorine surfactant can be used.
- surfactants polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
- polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxy group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxy group-containing polyacrylic acid esters and modified products thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; Polysiloxanes; long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides obtained by reacting poly(lower alkyleneimine) with free carboxy group-containing polyesters and their bases); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free A reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compounds selected from three types of compounds: a polyester, a polyamide, or a co-condensation product of an ester and an amide (polyester
- the polymer dispersant may be, for example, a polymer dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in its main chain or side chain and having an amine value. It may be a polymeric dispersant. Among them, from the viewpoint that the main chain skeleton is difficult to thermally decompose and has high heat resistance, for example, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) as described in JP-A-2016-224447, Using a dispersant that is at least one of a block copolymer and a salt-type block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) as described in International Publication 2016/104493: good.
- R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- A is a divalent linking group
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon optionally containing a hetero atom. group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
- the polymer dispersant may be, for example, a polymer dispersant containing an acidic group in its main chain or side chain and having an acid value.
- the main chain skeleton is difficult to thermally decompose and has high heat resistance.
- I′′) is a graft copolymer having at least one selected from structural units represented by the following general formula (II) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II), or represented by the following general formula (I′) and a block portion containing at least one selected from structural units represented by the following general formula (I′′) and a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III):
- a non-aqueous dispersant may be used.
- L 1 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
- R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 2 is a hydrocarbon group, —[CH (R 6 )—CH(R 7 )—O] x1 —R 8 or a monovalent group represented by —[(CH 2 ) y1 —O] z1 —R 8 , wherein R 6 and R 7 each independently is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent
- x1 is an integer of 1 to 18
- y1 represents an integer of 1 to 5
- z1 represents an
- X + represents an organic cation.
- L 2 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
- R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- Polymer is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) and general formula (V ) represents a polymer chain having one or more selected from structural units represented by
- R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 10 )-CH(R 11 )-O] x2 -R 12 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 - R12 , -[CO-( CH2 ) y2 -O] z2 - R12 , -CO-O-R12 ' or -O-CO-R12 ' ' groups
- R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 12 is a hydrogen atom
- R 14 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 15 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 16 )-CH(R 17 )-O] x3 - R 18 , —[(CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 18 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 18 , —CO—O—R 19 or —O—CO—R 20
- R 16 and R 17 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 18 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR 21 .
- R 19 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 16 )-CH(R 17 )-O] x4 -R 18 , -[(CH 2 ) y4 -O] z4 -R 18 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y4 —O] z4 —A monovalent group represented by R 18 , R 20 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 21 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
- m is an integer of 1-5
- n and n' are integers of 5-200.
- x3 and x4 are integers of 1 to 18; y3 and y4 are integers of 1 to 5; z3 and z4 are integers of 1 to 18; )
- the content of the dispersing agent is appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the colored curable composition described later, and the like.
- the content is not particularly limited as long as the coloring material can be uniformly dispersed.
- it is preferably in the range of 1% to 40% by mass, more preferably 2% to 30% by mass, still more preferably 3% to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content.
- it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the colored curable composition is excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable.
- the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 3%, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is in the range of mass % to 20 mass %.
- the mass of the dispersant is the block copolymer before salt formation and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (1) to (3). is the total mass of
- the colored curable composition may contain various additives as necessary.
- additives include antioxidants, leveling agents, polymerization terminators, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters, and the like.
- the colored curable composition of the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant.
- the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like. From this point of view, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.
- surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
- the P / V ratio ((coloring material component mass in the composition) / (solid content mass other than the coloring material component in the composition) ratio) is due to degassing and heat shrinkage. From the point of view, it is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is excellent in display defects and manufacturing convenience, that is, solvent resolubility, development residue, development adhesion, It is preferably 0.6 or less, and more preferably 0.5 or less, from the viewpoint of excellent development resistance, water stain prevention effect, and the like.
- the method for producing the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. It can be prepared by mixing using a mixing means.
- the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a colorant, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, a dispersant, a solvent, and optionally various additive components
- the resin composition For example, (1) first, a coloring material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material dispersion, and a polymer, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator are added to the dispersion.
- a method for preparing a colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods and used.
- a method for producing a colorant dispersion includes the steps of preparing the dispersant and dispersing the colorant in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant. Two or more colorants may be co-dispersed in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant, or one or more colorants may be dispersed or co-dispersed and then two or more colorant dispersions may be mixed. A coloring material dispersion may be obtained by doing so.
- the colorant When the colorant is dispersed, it can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
- the disperser include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills.
- the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
- pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter.
- filter through a filter of 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m.
- the colorant when only a colorant that dissolves in the colored curable composition is used as the colorant, the colorant is dissolved in a solvent instead of the colorant dispersion containing the dispersant. You may use the coloring material solution which carried out.
- a coloring material solution in which a coloring material is dissolved in a solvent and a “colorant dispersion” in which particles of a coloring material are dispersed in a solvent, " It is sometimes called a coloring material liquid.
- the colored curable composition according to the present invention is capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed and the contrast is improved, and the coloring excellent in brightness by containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. Since it can form a layer, it can be preferably used for color filters. INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The colored curable composition according to the present invention is used in various applications requiring suppression of deposition of foreign matter and good contrast, and is also used for inkjet inks and printing inks.
- the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is colored curable according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product of the composition.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
- the color filter 10 of the present invention has a transparent substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
- At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer formed by curing the colored curable composition of the present invention.
- the colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
- the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
- the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the colored curable composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
- the colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
- a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method.
- the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
- After drying the wet coating film using a hot plate, oven, etc. it is exposed through a mask of a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer, etc. to cure. It is used as a coating film.
- Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, electron beams, and the like.
- the amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
- heat treatment may be performed.
- the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the colored curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
- a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions.
- a developer a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
- a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
- the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored curable composition is dried to form a colored layer.
- the heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
- the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
- the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like.
- the light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like.
- the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder.
- a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
- the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
- a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used.
- Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
- the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
- the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
- the color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
- a display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
- the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices.
- display defects such as alignment disorder of liquid crystal due to the electrical characteristics of green pixels and burn-in phenomenon due to switching threshold shift are suppressed. Apparatus is preferably selected.
- a liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the above-described color filter of the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram showing an example of a liquid crystal display device.
- a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
- the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
- the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention. Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
- a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
- a vacuum injection method for example, a liquid crystal cell is prepared in advance using a color filter and a counter substrate, and the liquid crystal is heated to make it an isotropic liquid.
- a liquid crystal layer can be formed by injecting in the state of and sealing with an adhesive. After that, by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented.
- liquid crystal dropping method for example, a sealant is applied to the periphery of the color filter, the color filter is heated to a temperature at which the liquid crystal becomes isotropic, and the liquid crystal is dropped in an isotropic liquid state using a dispenser or the like.
- a liquid crystal layer can be formed by stacking the color filter and the counter substrate under reduced pressure and adhering them with a sealant. After that, by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram showing an example of an organic light-emitting display device.
- the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80.
- An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
- a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like.
- the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
- the organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
- the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
- glycidyl methacrylate 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110° C. for 10 hours.
- the reaction between the carboxylic acid group of main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate was carried out.
- air was bubbled into the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate.
- the reaction was tracked by measuring the acid value of the solution.
- the resulting alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced using GMA to the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA, and has an acid value of 74 mgKOH/g. It had a weight average molecular weight of 12,000.
- the alkali-soluble resin A solution had a solid content of 40% by mass.
- Example 1 (1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 1 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 4.15 g (25.0 mmol) of methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours.
- dispersant b salt-type block copolymer coalescence
- halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 1 a coloring material
- Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd.), 14.63 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and PGMEA 64.25 parts by mass and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle and shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing, followed by a particle size of 2.0 mm.
- a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.
- the zirconia beads were taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were added, and dispersion was similarly carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a coloring material liquid G1.
- the colored curable composition G1 obtained in (3) above is placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm x 100 mm. , After applying using a spin coater, dry using a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes, irradiate ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and post-bake in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. By doing so, the colored layer G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so as to have a film thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m.
- Example 2 (1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 2 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 3.35 g (25.0 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours.
- Example 3 (1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 3 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 2.60 g (25.0 mmol) of ethyl glycolate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours.
- Example 4 (1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 4 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 4.31 g (25.0 mmol) of ethyl trans-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours.
- Comparative example 1 (1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 1 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 8.31 g (50.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 0° C. for 3 hours.
- Comparative Intermediate 1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 1 is shown below.
- Comparative example 2 (1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 2 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 4.40 g (50.0 mmol) of 1-pentanol was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours.
- Comparative Intermediate 2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 2 is shown below.
- Comparative Example 3 (1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 3 2.40 g (12.0 mmol) of tetrafluorophthalonitrile and 12.0 g of benzonitrile were charged into a 50 ml flask, and then 0.96 g (3.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added. ) was added and reacted with stirring at 150° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly. The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated Phthalocyanine colorant 3. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 3 is shown below.
- Comparative Example 4 (1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 8.31 g (50.0 mmol) of methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours.
- Comparative intermediate 4 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 4 is shown below.
- Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4 A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4 is shown below.
- Comparative Intermediate 5 was analyzed by LC-MS. Representative chemical structural formulas of comparative intermediates are shown below.
- Comparative Intermediate 5 4.28 g (10.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 5 and 17.0 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.80 g (2.50 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly. The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 5. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 5 is shown below.
- Comparative Example 6 Production of comparative halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 6 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40°C until dissolved. Next, 5.21 g (50.0 mmol) of ethyl glycolate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours.
- Comparative intermediate 6 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 6 is shown below.
- Comparative Example 7 (1) Production of comparative halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 7 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40°C until dissolved. Next, 8.61 g (50.0 mmol) of methyl trans-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours.
- Comparative intermediate 7 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 7 is shown below.
- B 10 or less minute precipitates of less than 1 ⁇ m are observed per 1 mm square area in observation with reflected light of 200x optical microscope.
- C More than 10 fine precipitates of less than 1 ⁇ m are observed per 1 mm square area in reflected light observation at 200x optical microscope, and/or 10 or less precipitates of 1 ⁇ m or more are observed per 1 mm square area.
- D More than 10 precipitates of 1 ⁇ m or more are observed per 1 mm square area in 200 ⁇ reflected light observation with an optical microscope.
- Contrast of each colored layer was measured using a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd. and a microscopic spectroscopic measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd. as a blank 18000.
- CT-1B contrast measuring device
- OSP-SP200 microscopic spectroscopic measuring device
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
Abstract
Description
そのため、カラーフィルタにおいて、高輝度化や高コントラスト化、色再現性の向上といった要望が高まっている。 Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, when forming a color image in a liquid crystal display device, the light passing through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter as it is, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image. As a light source in that case, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. In addition, the organic light emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
Therefore, in color filters, there is an increasing demand for higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
顔料分散法を用いて形成された画素を有するカラーフィルタにおいては、顔料粒子のために、カラーフィルタの光の透過率が小さくなることや、コントラストが低くなる問題があった。
そのため、粒子をなさない染料を用いた着色組成物を用いて、輝度やコントラストが改善したカラーフィルタを達成しようと試みられている。 As a method for forming pixels in a color filter, among others, a pigment dispersion method, which has excellent average characteristics in terms of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, etc., is most widely used.
In a color filter having pixels formed using a pigment dispersion method, there is a problem that the light transmittance of the color filter is reduced and the contrast is lowered due to the pigment particles.
Therefore, attempts have been made to achieve color filters with improved brightness and contrast by using coloring compositions using dyes that do not form particles.
X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基である。
一般式(2) : *-O-RP
一般式(2-1): *-O-RL1-Ra
一般式(2-2): *-O-(RL2-O)n-Rb
一般式(2-3): *-O-RL2-COO-Rb
一般式(2-4): *-O-RL2-OCO-Rb
一般式(2-5): *-O-Rc
一般式(2-6): *-O-Ra
(一般式(2)、及び(2-1)~(2-6)中、
RPは、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基、-RL1-Ra、-(RL2-O)n-Rb、-RL2-COO-Rb、又は、-RL2-OCO-Rbを表し、RL1は炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-CO-基を表し、RL2はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Raは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Rbは水素原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基を表し、Rcは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。nは1~5の整数を表す。*は、フタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。)]
At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) below. and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formula (2-6) below.
General formula (2): *-OR P
General formula (2-1): *-OR L1 -R a
General formula (2-2): *-O-(R L2 -O) n -R b
General formula (2-3): *-OR L2 -COO-R b
General formula (2-4): *-OR L2 -OCO-R b
General formula (2-5): *-OR c
General formula (2-6): *-OR a
(General formulas (2) and (2-1) to (2-6),
R P is a substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, —R L1 —R a , —(R L2 —O) n —R b , -R L2 -COO-R b or -R L2 -OCO-R b , R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group, and R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R a represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, R b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, and R c represents a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms. n represents an integer of 1-5. * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton. )]
なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表す。
また、本明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは、その前後に記載された数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
本明細書において「置換若しくは非置換の」は、置換基を有していても良いことを表す。例えば、「置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基」は、置換基を有するアルキル基と、置換基を有しないアルキル基を包含する。 Hereinafter, the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, the colored curable composition, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 μm or less and electron beams.
In the present invention, (meth)acryl means acrylic and methacrylic, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth)acryloyl means acryloyl and methacryloyl.
Also, in this specification, the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
As used herein, "substituted or unsubstituted" means that it may have a substituent. For example, "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" includes alkyl groups having substituents and alkyl groups having no substituents.
本発明に係るハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材は、下記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材である。 I. Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant The halogenated phthalocyanine colorant according to the present invention is a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the following general formula (1).
X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基である。
一般式(2) : *-O-RP
一般式(2-1): *-O-RL1-Ra
一般式(2-2): *-O-(RL2-O)n-Rb
一般式(2-3): *-O-RL2-COO-Rb
一般式(2-4): *-O-RL2-OCO-Rb
一般式(2-5): *-O-Rc
一般式(2-6): *-O-Ra
(一般式(2)、及び(2-1)~(2-6)中、
RPは、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基、-RL1-Ra、-(RL2-O)n-Rb、-RL2-COO-Rb、又は、-RL2-OCO-Rbを表し、RL1は炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-CO-基を表し、RL2はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Raは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Rbは水素原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基を表し、Rcは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。nは1~5の整数を表す。*は、フタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。)]
At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) below. and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formula (2-6) below.
General formula (2): *-OR P
General formula (2-1): *-OR L1 -R a
General formula (2-2): *-O-(R L2 -O) n -R b
General formula (2-3): *-OR L2 -COO-R b
General formula (2-4): *-OR L2 -OCO-R b
General formula (2-5): *-OR c
General formula (2-6): *-OR a
(General formulas (2) and (2-1) to (2-6),
R P is a substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, —R L1 —R a , —(R L2 —O) n —R b , -R L2 -COO-R b or -R L2 -OCO-R b , R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group, and R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R a represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, R b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, and R c represents a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms. n represents an integer of 1-5. * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton. )]
それに対して、本発明の一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材においては、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、前記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、前記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基である。
X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子であることから、電子求引効果により、青色領域の色相であるフタロシアニン骨格由来の色を長波長シフトさせ、カラーフィルタ用緑色着色層に適した色になる。また、前記一般式(2-1)~(2-6)で表される1価の基は、いずれもエーテル結合でフタロシアニン骨格に結合していて可動し得る基であるため、結晶性を低下させ得る。本発明のフタロシアニン色材においては、1分子中に、前記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基と、前記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基とを混合して含むことにより、例えば前記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基のみを含む化合物に比べて、化合物の規則性が低下するため、結晶性が低下する。その結果、前記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を用いた着色硬化性組成物は、着色層の加熱処理(ポストベーク工程)後にフタロシアニン色材の結晶成長、凝集が抑制されることにより、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能になると推定される。 The phthalocyanine colorant has a planar structure of the phthalocyanine ring and easily forms a laminated structure through π-π interaction, and has high crystallinity. Therefore, the colored layer containing the phthalocyanine colorant has a problem that after the heat treatment (post-baking process), crystal growth and aggregation of the phthalocyanine colorant tend to deposit foreign matters, resulting in poor contrast.
In contrast, in the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention, at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is , a monovalent group represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is 1 represented by the general formula (2-6) is the base of the valence.
Since at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, the electron-withdrawing effect shifts the color derived from the phthalocyanine skeleton, which is the hue in the blue region, to a longer wavelength, making it suitable for green colored layers for color filters. become color. In addition, since all of the monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-6) are movable groups bonded to the phthalocyanine skeleton via an ether bond, the crystallinity is reduced. can let In the phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, in one molecule, a monovalent group represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) and a group represented by the general formula (2-6) By containing a mixture of monovalent groups, for example, compared to a compound containing only a monovalent group represented by the general formula (2-6), the regularity of the compound is reduced, and the crystallinity is improved. descend. As a result, in the colored curable composition using the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the general formula (1), the crystal growth and aggregation of the phthalocyanine colorant are suppressed after the heat treatment (post-baking step) of the colored layer. Presumably, this suppresses the deposition of foreign matter and enables the formation of a colored layer with improved contrast.
中でも色味、極大吸収波長域の点から、X1~X16のうち6~10個、中でも7~9個は、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。 In general formula (1), the halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like. At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom.
Among them, 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably fluorine atoms in terms of color and maximum absorption wavelength range.
X1~X16は、ヒドロキシ基であっても良い。X1~X16のうちのヒドロキシ基の個数は、色味、極大吸収波長域の点から、適宜選択されれば良いが、0~4個であってよく、0~2個であって良い。 X 1 to X 16 may be hydrogen atoms. The number of hydrogen atoms among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected by adjusting the color, and may be 0 to 8, may be 0 to 4, or may be 0 to 2. It's fine.
X 1 to X 16 may be hydroxy groups. The number of hydroxy groups among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of color and maximum absorption wavelength range, but may be 0 to 4 or may be 0 to 2. .
炭素原子数1~6の炭化水素基において、直鎖若しくは分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐プロピル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ブチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ペンチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ヘキシル基、ビニル基、プロペニル基、1-ブテニル基等が挙げられ、脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。また、芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基が挙げられる。 In general formula (1), in the substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in X 1 to X 16 , the hydrocarbon group includes a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (alkyl group) or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (alkenyl group, alkynyl group).
Among the hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a straight-chain or branched propyl group, a straight-chain or branched butyl group, a straight-chain or A branched pentyl group, a linear or branched hexyl group, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group and the like can be mentioned, and examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like. Moreover, as an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group is mentioned, for example.
また、Rs1における炭化水素基又は複素環基の置換基としては炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基であってよい。 When the hydrocarbon group has a substituent, the substituent includes a halogen atom, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (wherein R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom number of 1 to 14 hydrocarbon groups, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups having 5 to 14 ring atoms), specifically halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, aldehyde groups, carboxy groups, alkoxy groups, An aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group and the like can be mentioned. The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms in R s1 may be the same as the above-described hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, as well as the alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group described later. In addition, the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms may be the same as the heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms described later. The hydrocarbon group in R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the heterocyclic group may be a heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 ring atoms. R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group. .
Further, the substituent of the hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group in R s1 may be an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
一般式(2) : *-O-RP
一般式(2-1): *-O-RL1-Ra
一般式(2-2): *-O-(RL2-O)n-Rb
一般式(2-3): *-O-RL2-COO-Rb
一般式(2-4): *-O-RL2-OCO-Rb
一般式(2-5): *-O-Rc
一般式(2-6): *-O-Ra
(一般式(2)、及び(2-1)~(2-6)中、
RPは、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基、-RL1-Ra、-(RL2-O)n-Rb、-RL2-COO-Rb、又は、-RL2-OCO-Rbを表し、RL1は炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-CO-基を表し、RL2はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Raは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Rbは水素原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基を表し、Rcは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。nは1~5の整数を表す。*は、フタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。) In general formula (1), X 1 to X 16 may be a monovalent group represented by general formula (2) below, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is represented by general formula (2- 1) to (2-5), and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (2-6).
General formula (2): *-OR P
General formula (2-1): *-OR L1 -R a
General formula (2-2): *-O-(R L2 -O) n -R b
General formula (2-3): *-OR L2 -COO-R b
General formula (2-4): *-OR L2 -OCO-R b
General formula (2-5): *-OR c
General formula (2-6): *-OR a
(General formulas (2) and (2-1) to (2-6),
R P is a substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, —R L1 —R a , —(R L2 —O) n —R b , -R L2 -COO-R b or -R L2 -OCO-R b , R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group, and R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R a represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, R b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, and R c represents a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms. n represents an integer of 1-5. * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton. )
炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐プロピル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ブチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ペンチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐ヘキシル基、ビニル基、プロペニル基、1-ブテニル基等が挙げられる。炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、炭素原子数1~3の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。 In R P of the general formula (2), the substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. It may be a hydrogen group.
Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, linear or branched propyl group, linear or branched butyl group, linear or branched pentyl group, linear A chain or branched hexyl group, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group and the like can be mentioned. The linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It may be a chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
RPにおける、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環基が置換基を有する場合、当該置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、-ORs1、-CORs1、-COORs1(ここで、Rs1は、水素原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~14の炭化水素基又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基)等が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~6の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基等であってよい。
前記Rs1における炭素原子数1~14の炭化水素基は、前記X1~X16における炭素原子数1~6の炭化水素基の他、前記RPにおける脂環式炭化水素基及び前記芳香族炭化水素基と同様であってよい。また、環構成原子数5~14の複素環基は、前記RPにおける環構成原子数5~14の複素環基と同様であってよい。
溶媒溶解性の点から、Rs1における炭化水素基は炭素原子数1~6の炭化水素基であってよく、炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、複素環基は環構成原子数5~6の複素環基であってよい。Rs1は、炭素原子数1~6の炭化水素基であってよく、炭素原子数1~4の炭化水素基であってよく、メチル基、エチル基、直鎖若しくは分岐プロピル基であってよい。
また、RPにおける脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環基が置換基として有していてよい炭素数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、前記炭素数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基と同様であってよく、炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
また、Rs1における炭化水素基又は複素環基の置換基としては炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基であってよい。 When the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R P has a substituent, the substituent may be a halogen atom, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (here R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms), a halogen atom, It may be a hydroxy group, an aldehyde group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
When the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, or heterocyclic group in R P has a substituent, the substituent may be a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or A branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, —OR s1 , —COR s1 , —COOR s1 (wherein R s1 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms), halogen atoms, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy groups, aldehyde groups, carboxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, It may be a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, or the like.
The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms in R s1 includes, in addition to the hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in X 1 to X 16 , the alicyclic hydrocarbon group in
From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, the hydrocarbon group in R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , the heterocyclic group may be a heterocyclic group having 5 to 6 ring atoms. R s1 may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group. .
In addition, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and heterocyclic group in
Further, the substituent of the hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group in R s1 may be an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
RL1及びRL2における炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基は、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、2価の直鎖、分岐の飽和又は不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基が挙げられ、2価の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
直鎖若しくは分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、直鎖又は分岐プロピレン基、直鎖又は分岐ブチレン基、直鎖又は分岐ペンチレン基、直鎖又は分岐ヘキシレン基等が挙げられる。
RL1及びRL2における炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基は、炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
一般式(2-2)のRL2における炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基は、エチレン基又は分岐プロピレン基であってよい。
一般式(2-2)におけるnは1~5の整数を表し、1~3であってよい。 In general formulas (2) and (2-1) to (2-4), R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group, and R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L1 and R L2 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent linear or branched saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic A cyclic hydrocarbon group may be mentioned, and may be a divalent linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
Examples of linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include methylene group, ethylene group, linear or branched propylene group, linear or branched butylene group, linear or branched pentylene group, linear or branched hexylene group, and the like. mentioned.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L1 and R L2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R L2 of general formula (2-2) may be an ethylene group or a branched propylene group.
n in general formula (2-2) represents an integer of 1-5, and may be 1-3.
Rbにおける置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基は、それぞれ、前記RPと同様であってよい。
Rbは、色材の結晶性を低下させやすい点からは、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基であってよい。Rbは、溶媒溶解性の点から、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、又は、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基であってよく、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~10の脂環式炭化水素基、又は、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基であってよく、置換若しくは非置換のシクロペンチル基、置換若しくは非置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は、置換若しくは非置換のフェニル基であってよい。
また、Rbは、溶媒溶解性の点から、非置換の炭素原子数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
また、Rbは、高極性溶媒への溶解性が良い点からは、水素原子であってよい。 In general formulas (2) and (2-2) to (2-4), R b is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or an unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 14 ring atoms represents a heterocyclic group.
R b is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms may be the same as
R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and a It may be a hydrocarbon group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms. R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of solvent solubility. may be a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms; It may be a substituted cyclopentyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
Further, R b may be an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of solvent solubility.
Moreover, Rb may be a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of good solubility in a highly polar solvent.
溶媒溶解性の点から、Rs1としては、置換若しくは非置換の炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、置換若しくは非置換の炭素数1~6のアルキル基であってよい。当該アルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキル基である。Rs1が置換アルキル基である場合、置換基として炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を有する基であってよい。
pは1又は2であってよく、1であってよい。p=1の場合、-CO-W-Rs1は、一般式(3)で表される1価の基が結合する-O-に対して3位又は4位に結合していてよく、4位に結合していてよい。p=2の場合、2個の-CO-W-Rs1は、一般式(3)で表される1価の基が結合する-O-に対して3,5位又は2,4位に結合していてよく、3,5位に結合していてよい。
qは0又は1であってよく、0であってよい。 In general formula (3) above, R s1 may be the same as described above.
From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, R s1 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. . The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. When R s1 is a substituted alkyl group, it may be a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
p may be 1 or 2, and may be 1; When p = 1, -CO-W-R s1 may be bonded at the 3- or 4-position relative to -O- to which the monovalent group represented by the general formula (3) is bonded; may be connected to each other. When p = 2, two -CO-WR s1 are at the 3,5-position or 2,4-position with respect to -O- to which the monovalent group represented by the general formula (3) is bonded. It may be bonded, and may be bonded at the 3- and 5-positions.
q may be 0 or 1 and may be 0;
溶媒溶解性の点から、Rs1としては、置換若しくは非置換の炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、置換若しくは非置換の炭素数1~6のアルキル基であってよい。当該アルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキル基である。Rs1が置換アルキル基である場合、置換基として炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を有する基であることが好ましい。
pは1又は2であってよく、1であってよい。p=1の場合、-CO-W-Rs1は、一般式(4)で表される1価の基が結合する-O-に対して3位又は4位に結合していてよく、4位に結合していてよい。p=2の場合、2個の-CO-W-Rs1は、一般式(4)で表される1価の基が結合する-O-に対して3,5位又は2,4位に結合していてよく、3,5位に結合していてよい。
qは0又は1であってよく、0であってよい。 In general formula (4) above, R s1 may be the same as described above.
From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, R s1 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. . The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. When R s1 is a substituted alkyl group, it is preferably a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
p may be 1 or 2, and may be 1; When p = 1, -CO-W-R s1 may be bonded at the 3- or 4-position relative to -O- to which the monovalent group represented by the general formula (4) is bonded; may be connected to each other. When p = 2, the two —CO—WR s1 are at the 3,5-position or 2,4-position with respect to —O— to which the monovalent group represented by the general formula (4) is bonded. It may be bonded, and may be bonded at the 3- and 5-positions.
q may be 0 or 1 and may be 0;
前記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基において、前記一般式(2-5)は、末端が嵩高く、立体障害によって結晶成長を抑制しやすい点から好ましい。中でも、前記一般式(2-5)のRcにおける脂肪族炭化水素基が前記一般式(4)で表される1価の基である場合は、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成しやすい点から好ましい。
前記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基において、前記一般式(2-2)、前記一般式(2-3)及び前記一般式(2-4)は、アルキレンオキシド鎖やエステル部分により、ポリマーや重合性化合物との親和性が向上しやすく、色材の凝集を抑制しやすい点から好ましい。
前記一般式(2-2)、前記一般式(2-3)及び前記一般式(2-4)において、末端のRbが置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基の場合には、ポリマーや重合性化合物との親和性が向上しやすく、色材の凝集を抑制しやすく、且つ、末端が嵩高く、立体障害によって結晶成長を抑制しやすい点から好ましい。中でも、末端のRbが前記一般式(3)で表される1価の基又は前記一般式(4)で表される1価の基である場合は、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成しやすい点から好ましい。 In the monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), the general formula (2-1) has a bulky terminal, and the bulky terminal is more mobile, It is preferable from the viewpoint that crystal growth is easily suppressed by steric hindrance. Among them, when the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R a of the general formula (2-1) is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (3), precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and the contrast is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easy formation of a colored layer.
Among the monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), the general formula (2-5) has a bulky terminal and is easy to suppress crystal growth due to steric hindrance. preferable. Among them, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R c of the general formula (2-5) is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (4), precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and the contrast is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easy formation of a colored layer.
In the monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3) and the general formula (2-4) is preferable because the alkylene oxide chain and the ester portion easily improve the affinity with the polymer or the polymerizable compound and easily suppress the aggregation of the coloring material.
In the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3) and the general formula (2-4), the terminal R b is a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 14 carbon atoms group, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group with 5 to 14 ring atoms, affinity with polymers and polymerizable compounds It is preferable from the viewpoint that the properties are easily improved, the aggregation of the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the terminal is bulky and crystal growth is easily suppressed by steric hindrance. Among them, when the terminal R b is a monovalent group represented by the general formula (3) or a monovalent group represented by the general formula (4), precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed and contrast is improved. It is preferable from the point that it is easy to form an improved colored layer.
本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材においては、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成しやすい点から、X1~X16のうち3~5個、平均3.5個~平均4.5個、中でも4個が、前記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基であることが好ましい。
また、本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材においては、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成しやすい点から、X1~X16のうち3~5個、平均3.5個~平均4.5個、中でも4個が、前記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基であることが好ましい。 In the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material of the present invention, precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed, contrast is improved, and a colored layer is formed that exhibits excellent color characteristics such as brightness and tinting strength when toned according to various color standards. 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably monovalent groups represented by the above general formula (2), because of the ease with which X 1 to X 16 can be combined.
In the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, the precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed. 4.5, especially 4, are preferably monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5).
In addition, in the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, the precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed. 4.5 on average, preferably 4, are monovalent groups represented by the general formula (2-6).
更に、この場合において、色度が向上する点から、前記X1~X4の残りの2つ、前記X5~X8の残りの2つ、前記X9~X12の残りの2つ、及び、前記X13~X16の残りの2つにおいて、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子を含み、残りはハロゲン原子及び水素原子からなる群から選択されることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子からなる群から選択されることがより好ましく、全てフッ素原子であることがさらに好ましい。 In the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, any one of X 1 to X 4 and X 5 to X 8 are selected from the viewpoint that deposition of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast is easily formed. Any one of X 9 to X 12 and any one of X 13 to X 16 are represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) having a total of four monovalent groups, and any one of X 1 to X 4 , any one of X 5 to X 8 , any one of X 9 to X 12 , and , any one of X 13 to X 16 preferably has a total of four monovalent groups represented by the general formula (2-6), and further X 2 or X 3 , X 6 or X 7 , X 10 or X 11 , and X 14 or X 15 each have a total of four monovalent groups represented by the general formulas (2-1) to (2-5), and It is more preferable to have a total of four monovalent groups represented by general formula (2-6).
Further, in this case, from the viewpoint of improving chromaticity, the remaining two of X 1 to X 4 , the remaining two of X 5 to X 8 , the remaining two of X 9 to X 12 , And in the remaining two of X 13 to X 16 , at least one contains a fluorine atom and the rest are preferably selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms and hydrogen atoms, and are selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms is more preferred, and it is even more preferred that all of them are fluorine atoms.
本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、色材と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有し、前記色材が、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含有する。
本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含有することから、異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能である。 II. Colored curable composition The colored curable composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and the coloring material is the halogenated phthalocyanine of the present invention. Contains colorant.
Since the colored curable composition of the present invention contains the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, precipitation of foreign matter is suppressed and a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed.
本発明において、色材は、前記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材の他に、更に他の色材を含んでもよい。
他の色材は、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、染料、染料の造塩化合物等を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。 <Color material>
In the present invention, the coloring material may further contain other coloring materials in addition to the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material represented by the general formula (1).
The other coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of developing a desired color, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dyes, salt-forming compounds of dyes, etc. may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
また、色材としては、前記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材とは異なる緑色色材を更に含有してもよい。
黄色色材としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185、231、及びこれらの誘導体顔料等の黄色顔料、クマリン系染料、シアニン系染料、メロシアニン系染料、アゾ系染料、メチン系染料、アゾメチン系染料、キノフタロン系染料等の黄色染料等が挙げられる。 The colorant may further contain a yellow colorant.
Moreover, as a colorant, a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the general formula (1) may be further contained.
Examples of yellow coloring materials include C.I. I.
キノフタロン系色材とは、キナルジン等のキノリン誘導体と、無水フタル酸誘導体又は無水ナフタル酸誘導体との縮合により合成される色材をいい、顔料、染料、染料の造塩化合物のいずれであってもよい。
キノフタロン系色材のうち、キノフタロン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138等が挙げられる。
キノフタロン染料としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54、64、67、134、149、160、C.I.ソルベントイエロー114、157等が挙げられ、中でも、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54が好ましい。 As the yellow colorant, a quinophthalone-based colorant is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance and light resistance and high transmittance. In addition, the quinophthalone-based colorant is also preferable in that it has a hue suitable for use in color filters.
A quinophthalone-based colorant refers to a colorant synthesized by condensation of a quinoline derivative such as quinaldine and a phthalic anhydride derivative or a naphthalic anhydride derivative, and may be any of pigments, dyes, and salt-forming compounds of dyes. good.
Among quinophthalone colorants, quinophthalone pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 and the like.
Examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
色度の調整しやすさの点から、前記ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材とは異なる緑色色材としては、フタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが好ましい。
当該フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59、62、63等が挙げられる。輝度の調整しやすさの点から、当該フタロシアニン緑色顔料としてはC.I.ピグメントグリーン7、58、59、62、又は63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59、62、又は63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59がより好ましい。 On the other hand, as a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, C.I. I.
From the viewpoint of easiness in adjusting the chromaticity, the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment.
Examples of the phthalocyanine green pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, 63 and the like. C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is more preferred.
オレンジ色色材として、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
青色色材として、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60。 Other colorants include, for example, blue colorants and orange colorants.
As an orange colorant, C.I. I.
As a blue colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 60.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整の点から、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を5~233質量部含有することが好ましく、18~150質量部含有することがより好ましく、25~100質量部含有することがより更に好ましい。 When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a yellow colorant, the yellow colorant is appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment, it is preferable to contain 5 to 233 parts by mass of a yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, and 18 to 150 parts by mass. is more preferable, and it is even more preferable to contain 25 to 100 parts by mass.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材に対する、前記ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材とは異なる緑色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整、輝度調整の点から、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を100質量部に対して、前記ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材とは異なる緑色色材を5~900質量部含有することが好ましく、18~567質量部含有することがより好ましく、25~400量部含有することがより更に好ましい。 In the colored curable composition of the present invention, when a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is contained, the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is appropriately selected, and one kind alone or two Used by mixing more than one species.
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted to a desired chromaticity, It is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, 5 to 900 parts by mass of a green colorant different from the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. preferably 18 to 567 parts by mass, and even more preferably 25 to 400 parts by mass.
また、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含む緑色色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整、輝度調整の点から、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含む緑色色材を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を5~70質量部含有することが好ましく、20~50質量部含有することがより好ましい。 When the colored curable composition of the present invention further contains a green colorant other than the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention, the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention is added to the entire colorant. is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, it is preferable to contain 30 to 95% by mass of the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention with respect to the entire colorant, and 50 to 80% by mass. It is more preferable to contain % by mass.
Moreover, the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, it is preferable to contain 5 to 70 parts by mass of a yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of a green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. , more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。 The total content of the coloring material is, for example, preferably in the range of 3% to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the colored curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board|substrate can be obtained. Especially when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the content of the colorant is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 60% by mass.
In the present invention, the solid content includes all substances other than the solvent described above, including monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物が含有するポリマー、重合性化合物、及び開始剤は、着色硬化性組成物のバインダー成分として、成膜性や被塗工面に対する密着性を付与する。
前記バインダー成分としては、従来公知の着色層を形成する際に用いられるバインダー成分を適宜用いることができ、特に限定はされないが、例えば、可視光線、紫外線、電子線等により重合硬化させることができる感光性バインダー成分や、加熱により重合硬化させることができる熱硬化性バインダー成分が挙げられ、これらの混合物を用いることもできる。
熱硬化性バインダー成分としては、ポリマーとして熱重合性官能基を有していても良い重合体と、重合性化合物として分子内に熱重合性官能基を有する化合物と、開始剤として前記熱重合性官能基と反応する硬化剤を包含する熱重合開始剤等とを少なくとも含有する系が挙げられる。熱重合性官能基としては、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 [Binder component]
The polymer, polymerizable compound, and initiator contained in the colored curable composition according to the present invention serve as a binder component of the colored curable composition to impart film-forming properties and adhesion to a surface to be coated.
As the binder component, a binder component used in forming a conventionally known colored layer can be used as appropriate, and is not particularly limited, but can be polymerized and cured by visible light, ultraviolet rays, electron beams, or the like, for example. Examples include a photosensitive binder component and a thermosetting binder component that can be polymerized and cured by heating, and a mixture thereof can also be used.
As the thermosetting binder component, a polymer which may have a thermally polymerizable functional group as a polymer, a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and the above thermally polymerizable polymer as an initiator. Examples include systems containing at least a thermal polymerization initiator including a curing agent that reacts with the functional group. Examples of thermally polymerizable functional groups include epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, and hydroxy groups.
感光性バインダー成分としては、ポジ型感光性バインダー成分とネガ型感光性バインダー成分が挙げられる。ポジ型感光性バインダー成分としては、例えば、ポリマーとしてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、重合性化合物として分子内に酸により切断される結合とエチレン性不飽和基とを有する化合物と、開始剤として熱ラジカル重合開始剤と、更に光酸発生剤とを含有する系が挙げられる。
ネガ型感光性バインダー成分としては、ポリマーとしてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、重合性化合物として分子内にエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物と、開始剤として光重合開始剤とを少なくとも含有する系が好適に用いられる。
本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物が含有するバインダー成分としては、前記ネガ型感光性バインダー成分が、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から好ましい。 When using a photolithography process to form a colored layer using the colored curable composition according to the present invention, a photosensitive binder component having alkali developability is preferably used. A thermosetting binder component may be used in addition to the photosensitive binder component.
The photosensitive binder component includes a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component. Examples of the positive photosensitive binder component include, for example, an alkali-soluble resin as a polymer, a compound having an acid-cleavable bond and an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and a thermal radical polymerization initiator as an initiator. and a system containing a photoacid generator.
As the negative photosensitive binder component, a system containing at least an alkali-soluble resin as a polymer, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator as an initiator is preferably used. be done.
As the binder component contained in the colored curable composition according to the present invention, the negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using existing processes.
ポリマーとしては、着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像液に可溶性のあるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が好適に用いられる。
アルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性である限り、適宜選択して使用することができる。
本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。 <Polymer>
As the polymer, when a photolithography process is used to form the colored layer, an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used.
The alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be considered to have an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more.
また、これら(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、及びエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。 A carboxy group is mentioned as an acidic group which alkali-soluble resin has, for example. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group. Examples of the carboxy group-containing copolymer include (meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group and styrene-(meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group. .
In addition, these (meth)acrylic copolymers, styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having a carboxyl group, (meth)acrylic copolymers such as (meth)acrylic copolymers, and epoxy (meth)acrylate resins are a mixture of two or more. can be used as
このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい環状の脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate. By having a hydrocarbon ring, which is a bulky group, in the alkali-soluble resin, shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is alleviated, and substrate adhesion is improved. Further, by using an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, the solvent resistance of the resulting colored layer is improved, and in particular swelling of the colored layer is suppressed, which is also preferable.
Examples of such hydrocarbon rings include cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof, and hydrocarbon rings may have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, or the like.
また、フルオレン骨格に二つのベンゼン環が結合した構造(カルド構造)を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、耐溶剤性が向上し、特にNMPに対する膨潤が抑制される点から特に好ましい。
炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。 Among them, when an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
In addition, when a structure (cardo structure) in which two benzene rings are bonded to a fluorene skeleton is included, the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and swelling against NMP is particularly suppressed. preferable.
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、上記炭化水素環とを有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体は、前述の「共重合可能なその他のモノマー」として炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを用いることにより調製することができる。 In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, using a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, in addition to a structural unit having a carboxy group, adjusts the amount of each structural unit. It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the function of the structural unit by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
In the (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the above hydrocarbon ring, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is used as the above-mentioned "other copolymerizable monomer". can be prepared by
なお、エチレン性不飽和基とは、ラジカル重合可能な炭素-炭素二重結合を含む基を意味し、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられる。
アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシ基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法や、ヒドロキシ基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention also preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in its side chain. In the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the alkali-soluble resins may form cross-linked bonds with each other, or between the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer in the step of curing the resin composition during the production of the color filter. The film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
The ethylenically unsaturated group means a radically polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond, and examples thereof include (meth)acryloyl group, vinyl group and allyl group.
A method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, is added to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain. Alternatively, a structural unit having a hydroxy group is introduced into the copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain. methods and the like.
なお、本発明における重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。 A preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, sufficient curability of the coating film can be obtained, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes easy during development with an alkaline developer.
Incidentally, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is obtained as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、中でも、分子内に前記カルド構造を含むものが、表示不良抑制効果が向上し、且つ、着色層の硬化性が向上し、また着色層の残膜率が高くなる点から好ましい。 The epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited. ) acrylate compounds are suitable. Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
Among the epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, those containing the cardo structure in the molecule have an improved display defect suppressing effect, improve the curability of the colored layer, and reduce the residual of the colored layer. It is preferable from the point that the film ratio becomes high.
なお、本発明において酸価はJIS K 0070に従って測定することができる。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer. The carboxyl group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less in terms of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used in the developer and adhesion to a substrate. more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 250 mgKOH/g or less.
Incidentally, in the present invention, the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
(数式(1)中、Wは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の質量(g)を表し、Mはアルカリ可溶性樹脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合のモル数(mol)を表す。) Formula (1) Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) = W (g) / M (mol)
(In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
着色硬化性組成物中のポリマーの含有量は、特に限定はされないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~60質量%であり、より好ましくは10質量%~50質量%である。ポリマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると、膜強度の低下を抑制することができ、またポリマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であると、ポリマー以外の成分を十分に含有させることができる。 In addition, the said polymer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the polymer in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 50% by mass. When the polymer content is at least the above lower limit, a decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the polymer content is at most the above upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. .
重合性化合物は、後述する開始剤によって重合可能なものであれば、特に限定されず、例えば、光重合性化合物や熱重合性化合物を用いることができる。熱重合性化合物としては、分子内に、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、グリシジル基、イソシアネート基、及びアルコキシル基等の熱重合性官能基を有する化合物を用いることができる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を、熱ラジカル重合開始剤と組み合わせて用いることにより、熱重合性化合物として用いることもできる。重合性化合物としては、中でも、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から、後述する光開始剤により重合可能な光重合性化合物が好ましい。 <Polymerizable compound>
The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used. As the thermally polymerizable compound, a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxy group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group in the molecule can be used. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound by using it in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the polymerizable compound, a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using an existing process.
このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。 The photopolymerizable compound used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is used. In particular, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups are preferred.
Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物において用いられる開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。開始剤としては、例えば、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤等の重合開始剤が挙げられ、具体的には、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。 <Initiator>
The initiator used in the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators. Examples of the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
中でも、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエチルチオキサントンが好ましく用いられる。更に2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンのようなα-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とジエチルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
α-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とチオキサントン系開始剤を用いる場合のこれらの合計含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~15質量%である。上限値以下だと製造プロセス中の昇華物が低減するため好ましい。下限値以上であると水染み等、現像耐性が向上する。 Examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, α-aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to. Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin. benzoin, biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-,, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzyl methyl ketal, dimethylaminobenzoate, p-dimethylaminobenzoate isoamyl acid, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 4-benzoyl-methyldiphenylsulfide, 1-hydroxy- Cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl ]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1- [4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-(4-morpholinyl)-1-propanone, 1-(9,9-dibutyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2-methyl-2-(4-morpholinyl) -1-propanone and the like.
Among them, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, combining an α-aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone initiator such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
When using an α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and a thioxanthone-based initiator, the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, the amount of sublimate during the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When it is at least the lower limit value, development resistance such as water staining is improved.
当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物による着色硬化性組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-01、アデカアークルズNCI-930、TR-PBG-3057、カルバゾール骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-02、アデカアークルズNCI-831、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-345、フルオレン骨格を有するTR-PBG-365などを用いても良い(イルガキュアシリーズはBASF社製、アデカアークルズシリーズはADEKA社製、TRシリーズは常州強力電子新材料社製)。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが感度が高い点から好ましい。ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤及びフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが感度及び輝度の点から好ましい。また、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤及びカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが感度及び輝度の点から好ましい。 In the present invention, the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity. In addition, by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed. Furthermore, the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
As the oxime ester photoinitiator, from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. More preferably, it has a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, Adeka Arcules NCI-930 and TR-PBG-3057, Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton, Adeka Arcules NCI-831, TR-PBG-304 and TR. -PBG-345, TR-PBG-365 having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used (Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, Adeka Arcles series manufactured by ADEKA, and TR series manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Denshi New Materials Co., Ltd.). In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness. Moreover, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and brightness, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton in combination. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and brightness, it is preferable to use a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton.
また、感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせてもよく、輝度、残膜率が向上し、感度調整をしやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高く、現像耐性が向上する点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上と、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせてもよい。 From the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity, the oxime ester photoinitiator may be used in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure. A photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. be. Commercially available photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
In addition, from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance, the oxime ester photoinitiator may be combined with a thioxanthone initiator. Two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators may be combined with a thioxanthone photoinitiator from the viewpoints of being easy to use, having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains, and improving development resistance.
本発明においては、系内に拡散した染料が、露光光を吸収し、開始剤からのラジカル発生を損失しやすいため、それを補う点から、前記光開始剤と組み合わせて増感剤を含むことが好ましい。中でも、(メタ)アクリル重合系の反応性が良好な点から、チオール系増感剤を含むことが好ましく、前記オキシムエステル系開始剤にチオール系増感剤を組み合わせて含むことがより好ましい。 <Sensitizer>
In the present invention, since the dye diffused in the system absorbs the exposure light and tends to lose the radical generation from the initiator, from the point of compensating for this, it is preferable to include a sensitizer in combination with the photoinitiator. is preferred. Among them, from the viewpoint of good reactivity of the (meth)acrylic polymerization system, it is preferable to contain a thiol-based sensitizer, and it is more preferable to contain the oxime ester-based initiator in combination with a thiol-based sensitizer.
単官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾイミダゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸エチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸オクチル等が挙げられる。
多官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、およびテトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等が挙げられる。 Examples of thiol-based sensitizers include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups.
Examples of monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
Examples of polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、着色硬化性組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸n-ブチル、クロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。 <Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the colored curable composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol and methoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and methoxypropione. Ester solvents such as methyl acid, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-butyl butyrate, clohexanol acetate; acetone, Ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; glycol ether acetates such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate, and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl Glycol ether solvents such as ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; N,N-dimethyl Aprotic amide solvents such as formamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; unsaturated carbonization such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene. Hydrogen-based solvents; saturated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; and organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of solubility of other components. Among them, as the solvent used in the present invention, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy -3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, the solubility of other ingredients and application It is preferable from the viewpoint of aptitude.
また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含む着色硬化性組成物の全量に対して、通常、好ましくは55質量%~95質量%、より好ましくは65~88質量%の範囲内である。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。 A mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of solvents may also be used from the viewpoint of developability, solvent re-solubility, and the like.
Moreover, the content of the solvent may be set as appropriate within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. Generally, it is preferably in the range of 55% to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、色材を分散させる場合には、色材分散性と色材分散安定性の点から、分散剤を更に含んでいても良い。
本発明において分散剤は、従来公知の分散剤の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。分散剤としては、例えば、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、シリコーン系、フッ素系等の界面活性剤を使用できる。界面活性剤の中でも、均一に、微細に分散し得る点から、高分子分散剤が好ましい。 <Dispersant>
When the coloring material is dispersed in the colored curable composition of the present invention, it may further contain a dispersing agent from the viewpoint of coloring material dispersibility and coloring material dispersion stability.
In the present invention, the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants. As the dispersing agent, for example, a cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone or fluorine surfactant can be used. Among surfactants, polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
前記符号の説明は、特開2016-224447号を参照することができる。
For the description of the symbols, reference can be made to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-224447.
一般式(I’)中、X+は有機カチオンを表す。
一般式(II)中、L2は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R3は、水素原子又はメチル基、Polymerは、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位及び一般式(V)で表される構成単位から選ばれる1種以上を有するポリマー鎖を表す。
一般式(III)中、R4は、水素原子又はメチル基、R5は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R10)-CH(R11)-O]x2-R12、-[(CH2)y2-O]z2-R12、-[CO-(CH2)y2-O]z2-R12、-CO-O-R12’又は-O-CO-R12”で示される1価の基、R10及びR11は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基、R12は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CH2CHO又は-CH2COOR13で示される1価の基であり、R12’は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R10)-CH(R11)-O]x2’-R12、-[(CH2)y2’-O]z2’-R12、-[CO-(CH2)y2’-O]z2’-R12で示される1価の基であり、R12”は炭素数1~18のアルキル基、R13は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、前記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。x2及びx2’は1~18の整数、y2及びy2’は1~5の整数、z2及びz2’は1~18の整数を示す。))
In general formula (I'), X + represents an organic cation.
In general formula (II), L 2 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Polymer is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) and general formula (V ) represents a polymer chain having one or more selected from structural units represented by
In general formula (III), R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 10 )-CH(R 11 )-O] x2 -R 12 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 - R12 , -[CO-( CH2 ) y2 -O] z2 - R12 , -CO-O-R12 ' or -O-CO-R12 ' ' groups, R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 12 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR a monovalent group represented by 13 and R 12′ is a hydrocarbon group, —[CH(R 10 )—CH(R 11 )—O] x2′ —R 12 , —[(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 12 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 12 , where R 12″ is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 13 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number It is an alkyl group of 1 to 5, and the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. x2 and x2' are integers of 1 to 18; y2 and y2' are integers of 1 to 5; z2 and z2' are integers of 1 to 18; ))
mは1~5の整数、n及びn’は5~200の整数を示す。x3及びx4は1~18の整数、y3及びy4は1~5の整数、z3及びz4は1~18の整数を示す。)
前記符号の説明は、特開2015-107471号を参照することができる。
m is an integer of 1-5, and n and n' are integers of 5-200. x3 and x4 are integers of 1 to 18; y3 and y4 are integers of 1 to 5; z3 and z4 are integers of 1 to 18; )
For the description of the symbols, reference can be made to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-107471.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物において分散剤が含まれる場合の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは1質量%~40質量%、より好ましくは2質量%~30質量%、更に好ましくは3質量%~25質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、着色硬化性組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは2質量%~25質量%、より好ましくは3質量%~20質量%の範囲内である。なお、分散剤の質量は、塩型ブロック共重合体の場合、塩形成前の前記ブロック共重合体と、上記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物との合計の質量である。 In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the dispersing agent is appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the colored curable composition described later, and the like.
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a dispersant, the content is not particularly limited as long as the coloring material can be uniformly dispersed. For example, it is preferably in the range of 1% to 40% by mass, more preferably 2% to 30% by mass, still more preferably 3% to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content. When it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the colored curable composition is excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. Particularly when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 3%, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is in the range of mass % to 20 mass %. In the case of a salt-type block copolymer, the mass of the dispersant is the block copolymer before salt formation and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (1) to (3). is the total mass of
着色硬化性組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
添加剤としては、例えば、酸化防止剤、レベリング剤、重合停止剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。 <Optional Addition Ingredients>
The colored curable composition may contain various additives as necessary.
Examples of additives include antioxidants, leveling agents, polymerization terminators, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters, and the like.
本発明の着色硬化性組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、色材と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより、調製することができる。
本発明の着色硬化性組成物が、色材と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、分散剤と、溶剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを含有する場合、当該樹脂組成物の調製方法としては、例えば、(1)まず溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤とを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を混合する方法;(2)溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを同時に投入し混合する方法;(3)溶剤中に、分散剤と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを添加し、混合したのち、色材を加えて分散する方法;(4)溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤と、ポリマーとを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、更にポリマーと、溶剤と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を添加し、混合する方法;などを挙げることができる。
これらの方法の中で、上記(1)及び(4)の方法が、色材の凝集を効果的に防ぎ、均一に分散させ得る点から好ましい。 <Method for producing colored curable composition>
The method for producing the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. It can be prepared by mixing using a mixing means.
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a colorant, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, a dispersant, a solvent, and optionally various additive components, the resin composition For example, (1) first, a coloring material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material dispersion, and a polymer, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator are added to the dispersion. and a method of mixing various additive components that are optionally used; (2) a coloring material, a dispersant, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and various additive components that are optionally used in a solvent; (3) A dispersant, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and optionally various additive components are added to a solvent, mixed, and then a coloring material is added. (4) A coloring material, a dispersant, and a polymer are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material dispersion, and the dispersion is further added with a polymer, a solvent, and a polymerizable compound. , a method of adding and mixing an initiator and optionally various additive components;
Among these methods, the above methods (1) and (4) are preferable because they can effectively prevent the aggregation of the colorant and uniformly disperse the colorant.
例えば、色材分散液の製造方法は、前記分散剤を準備する工程と、溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、色材を分散する工程とを有するものである。溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、2種以上の色材を共分散しても良いし、1種以上の色材を分散乃至共分散した後、2種以上の色材分散液を混合することにより色材分散液を得ても良い。 A method for preparing a colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods and used.
For example, a method for producing a colorant dispersion includes the steps of preparing the dispersant and dispersing the colorant in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant. Two or more colorants may be co-dispersed in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant, or one or more colorants may be dispersed or co-dispersed and then two or more colorant dispersions may be mixed. A coloring material dispersion may be obtained by doing so.
分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03~3.0mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05~2.0mmである。
具体的には、ビーズ径が比較的大きめな2.0mmジルコニアビーズで予備分散を行い、更にビーズ径が比較的小さめな0.1mmジルコニアビーズで本分散することが挙げられる。また、分散後、0.5~2μmのフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。 When the colorant is dispersed, it can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the disperser include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills. As preferable dispersing conditions for the bead mill, the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
Specifically, pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Moreover, after dispersion, it is preferable to filter through a filter of 0.5 to 2 μm.
本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、異物の析出が抑制され、良好なコントラストが要求されている様々な用途に用いられ、インクジェット用インクや印刷用インクにも用いられる。 The colored curable composition according to the present invention is capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed and the contrast is improved, and the coloring excellent in brightness by containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention. Since it can form a layer, it can be preferably used for color filters.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The colored curable composition according to the present invention is used in various applications requiring suppression of deposition of foreign matter and good contrast, and is also used for inkjet inks and printing inks.
本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、透明基板と、当該透明基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である着色層を有する。 III. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is colored curable according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product of the composition.
本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層である。
着色層は、通常、後述する透明基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、着色硬化性組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。 <Colored layer>
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer formed by curing the colored curable composition of the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the colored curable composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm.
まず、前述した本発明の着色硬化性組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する透明基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する着色硬化性組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。 The colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
First, the colored curable composition of the present invention described above is applied onto a transparent substrate described later using a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. to form a wet coating. Among them, the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate, oven, etc., it is exposed through a mask of a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer, etc. to cure. It is used as a coating film. Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, electron beams, and the like. The amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure, heat treatment may be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the colored curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、着色硬化性組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。 Next, a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions. As the developer, a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution. Moreover, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development processing, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored curable composition is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する透明基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。 <Light shielding part>
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like. The light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。 <Substrate>
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
Although the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。本発明では、横電界方式の液晶表示装置においても、緑色画素の電気的特性に起因する液晶の配向乱れ、スイッチングの閾値ずれによる焼き付き現象など、様々な表示不良が抑制されることから、液晶表示装置が好適に選択される。 IV. Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices. In the present invention, even in a horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device, various display defects such as alignment disorder of liquid crystal due to the electrical characteristics of green pixels and burn-in phenomenon due to switching threshold shift are suppressed. Apparatus is preferably selected.
本発明の液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図であり、液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。 <Liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the above-described color filter of the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram showing an example of a liquid crystal display device. As illustrated in FIG. 2, a liquid
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。 The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention.
Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
真空注入方式では、例えば、あらかじめカラーフィルタ及び対向基板を用いて液晶セルを作製し、液晶を加温することにより等方性液体とし、キャピラリー効果を利用して液晶セルに液晶を等方性液体の状態で注入し、接着剤で封止することにより液晶層を形成することができる。その後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。
また液晶滴下方式では、例えば、カラーフィルタの周縁にシール剤を塗布し、このカラーフィルタを液晶が等方相になる温度まで加熱し、ディスペンサー等を用いて液晶を等方性液体の状態で滴下し、カラーフィルタ及び対向基板を減圧下で重ね合わせ、シール剤を介して接着させることにより、液晶層を形成することができる。その後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
In the vacuum injection method, for example, a liquid crystal cell is prepared in advance using a color filter and a counter substrate, and the liquid crystal is heated to make it an isotropic liquid. A liquid crystal layer can be formed by injecting in the state of and sealing with an adhesive. After that, by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented.
In addition, in the liquid crystal dropping method, for example, a sealant is applied to the periphery of the color filter, the color filter is heated to a temperature at which the liquid crystal becomes isotropic, and the liquid crystal is dropped in an isotropic liquid state using a dispenser or the like. A liquid crystal layer can be formed by stacking the color filter and the counter substrate under reduced pressure and adhering them with a sealant. After that, by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented.
本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図であり、有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。 <Organic Light Emitting Display Device>
An organic light-emitting display device according to the present invention is characterized by having the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light-emitting material.
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram showing an example of an organic light-emitting display device. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting
なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。 As a lamination method of the
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材の中間体は、LC-MS(アジレントテクノロジー製、四重極LC/MS、Agilent1260 Infinity)で分析した。 EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the invention.
The intermediate of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant was analyzed by LC-MS (quadrupole LC/MS manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Agilent 1260 Infinity).
ベンジルメタクリレート(BzMA) 40質量部、メチルメタクリレート(MMA) 15質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA) 25質量部、及びアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN) 3質量部の混合液を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA) 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボン酸基と、グリシジルメタクリレートのエポキシ基との反応を行った。反応中は、グリシジルメタクリレートの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Aは、BzMAとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性不飽和結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液は、固形分40質量%であった。 (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A mixture of 40 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), 15 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 25 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), and 3 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) was added to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. (PGMEA) was added dropwise over 3 hours at 100° C. into a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA under a nitrogen stream. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7,000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110° C. for 10 hours. , the reaction between the carboxylic acid group of main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate was carried out. During the reaction, air was bubbled into the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate. The reaction was tracked by measuring the acid value of the solution. The resulting alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced using GMA to the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA, and has an acid value of 74 mgKOH/g. It had a weight average molecular weight of 12,000. The alkali-soluble resin A solution had a solid content of 40% by mass.
(1)ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、4-(ヒドロキシメチル)安息香酸メチル4.15g(25.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で6時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体1-1を得た。
中間体1-1は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体1-1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Example 1)
(1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 1 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 4.15 g (25.0 mmol) of methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Intermediate 1-1.
Intermediate 1-1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 1-1 is shown below.
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体1-2を得た。
中間体1-2は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体1-2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 5.19 g (15.0 mmol) of intermediate 1-1 and 15.97 ml of acetone were put into a 50 ml flask and stirred at 0°C. Next, 3.11 g (22.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added, and then 2.49 g (15.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 10 g of acetone was stirred at 0°C over 2 hours. dripped. Further, the mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hour to complete the reaction. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Intermediate 1-2.
Intermediate 1-2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 1-2 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1を得た。代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.94 g (8.00 mmol) of intermediate 1-2 and 19.70 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1. Representative chemical structural formulas are shown below.
分散剤として、国際公開2016/104493号の段落0302に記載の合成例II-2の分散剤bの製造と同様にして、分散剤b(塩型ブロック共重合体)溶液を調製した。
分散剤として前記分散剤b溶液を8.13質量部、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1を7.8質量部と、黄色色材のC.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138、商品名:クロモファインエロー6206EC、大日精化工業株式会社製)を5.2質量部、合成例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.63質量部、PGMEAを64.25質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材液G1を得た。 (2) Production of colorant liquid G1 As a dispersant, dispersant b (salt-type block copolymer coalescence) solution was prepared.
8.13 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant, 7.8 parts by mass of halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 1 as a coloring material, and C.I. I. 5.2 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd.), 14.63 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and PGMEA 64.25 parts by mass and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle and shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing, followed by a particle size of 2.0 mm. The zirconia beads were taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were added, and dispersion was similarly carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a coloring material liquid G1.
上記(2)で得られた色材液G1を43.43質量部、合成例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を4.23質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を3.95質量部、光開始剤(商品名TR-PBG-3057、常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.50質量部、光開始剤(商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.50質量部、増感剤(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、商品名カレンズMT-PE1、昭和電工製)を0.13質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.03質量部、シランカップリング剤(商品名KBM503、信越シリコーン製)を0.34質量部、PGMEAを26.24質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)を20.65質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物G1を得た。 (3) Production of colored curable composition G1 43.43 parts by mass of the coloring material liquid G1 obtained in (2) above, 4.23 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, 3.95 parts by mass of a functional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), a photoinitiator (trade name TR-PBG-3057, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) 0.50 mass part, 0.50 parts by mass of a photoinitiator (trade name ADEKA Arkles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA), a sensitizer (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), trade name Karenz MT-PE1, Showa Denko 0.13 parts by mass of fluorosurfactant (trade name Megafac F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), 0.03 part by mass of a silane coupling agent (trade name KBM503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone). 34 parts by mass, 26.24 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 20.65 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were added to obtain a colored curable composition G1.
上記(3)で得られた着色硬化性組成物G1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cm2の紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、2.5μmの膜厚になるように膜厚を調整して着色層G1を形成した。 (4) Formation of colored layer The colored curable composition G1 obtained in (3) above is placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm x 100 mm. , After applying using a spin coater, dry using a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes, irradiate ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and post-bake in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. By doing so, the colored layer G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so as to have a film thickness of 2.5 μm.
(1)ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル3.35g(25.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で6時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、中間体2-1を得た。
中間体2-1は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体2-1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Example 2)
(1) Production of Halogenated
After liquid separation, the organic layer was subjected to purification treatment using a silica gel column to obtain Intermediate 2-1.
Intermediate 2-1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 2-1 is shown below.
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体2-2を得た。
中間体2-2は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体2-2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 6.29 g (20.0 mmol) of intermediate 2-1 and 17.0 ml of acetone were put into a 50 ml flask and stirred at 0°C. Next, 4.15 g (30.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added, and then 3.32 g (20.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 10 g of acetone was stirred at 0°C over 2 hours. dripped. Further, the mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hour to complete the reaction. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Intermediate 2-2.
Intermediate 2-2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 2-2 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2を得た。代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.68 g (8.00 mmol) of intermediate 2-2 and 16.66 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The obtained product was dried to obtain a halogenated
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、色材液G2を得た。
(3)着色硬化性組成物G2の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G2を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記着色硬化性組成物G2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層G2を得た。 (2) Production of colorant liquid G2 Except for using the
(3) Production of colored curable composition G2 Coloring was carried out in the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G2 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. A curable composition G2 was obtained.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the colored curable composition G2 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. , to obtain a colored layer G2.
(1)ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、グリコール酸エチル2.60g(25.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で6時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、中間体3-1を得た。
中間体3-1は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体3-1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Example 3)
(1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 3 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 2.60 g (25.0 mmol) of ethyl glycolate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was subjected to purification treatment with a silica gel column to obtain Intermediate 3-1.
Intermediate 3-1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 3-1 is shown below.
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体3-2を得た。
中間体3-2は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体3-2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 5.68 g (20.0 mmol) of intermediate 3-1 and 18.4 ml of acetone were put into a 50 ml flask and stirred at 0°C. Next, 4.15 g (30.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added, and then 3.32 g (20.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 10 g of acetone was stirred at 0°C over 2 hours. dripped. Further, the mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hour to complete the reaction. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Intermediate 3-2.
Intermediate 3-2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 3-2 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3を得た。代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.44 g (8.00 mmol) of intermediate 3-2 and 17.2 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added, and the mixture was stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The obtained product was dried to obtain a halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 3. Representative chemical structural formulas are shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、色材液G3を得た。
(3)着色硬化性組成物G3の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G3を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記着色硬化性組成物G3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層G3を得た。 (2) Production of colorant liquid G3 Except for using the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in place of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, the equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 3 obtained above was used. Colorant liquid G3 was obtained in the same manner as in 1 (2).
(3) Production of colored curable composition G3 Coloring was carried out in the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G3 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. A curable composition G3 was obtained.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the colored curable composition G3 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. , to obtain a colored layer G3.
(1)ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、trans-4-ヒドロキシシクロヘキサンカルボン酸エチル4.31g(25.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で6時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、中間体4-1を得た。
中間体4-1は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体4-1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Example 4)
(1) Production of Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 4 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 4.31 g (25.0 mmol) of ethyl trans-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was subjected to purification treatment with a silica gel column to obtain Intermediate 4-1.
Intermediate 4-1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 4-1 is shown below.
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体4-2を得た。
中間体4-2は、LC-MSで分析した。中間体4-2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 7.03 g (20.0 mmol) of intermediate 4-1 and 25.1 ml of acetone were put into a 50 ml flask and stirred at 0°C. Next, 4.15 g (30.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added, and then 3.32 g (20.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 10 g of acetone was stirred at 0°C over 2 hours. dripped. Further, the mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hour to complete the reaction. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation treatment was performed with pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Intermediate 4-2.
Intermediate 4-2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 4-2 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4を得た。代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.99 g (8.00 mmol) of intermediate 4-2 and 19.9 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 4. Representative chemical structural formulas are shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、色材液G4を得た。
(3)着色硬化性組成物G4の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G4を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記着色硬化性組成物G4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層G4を得た。 (2) Production of colorant liquid G4 Except for using the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 4 obtained above in an equimolar amount instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, Colorant liquid G4 was obtained in the same manner as in 1 (2).
(3) Production of colored curable composition G4 Coloring was carried out in the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the coloring liquid G4 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. A curable composition G4 was obtained.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the colored curable composition G4 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. , to obtain a colored layer G4.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、4-ヒドロキシ安息香酸エチル8.31g(50.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、0℃で3時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、アセトン中で再結晶処理を行い、比較中間体1を得た。
比較中間体1は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative example 1)
(1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 1 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 8.31 g (50.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 0° C. for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation was performed using pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in acetone to obtain Comparative Intermediate 1.
Comparative intermediate 1 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 1 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.94 g (8.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 1 and 19.7 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1.
A representative chemical structural formula of comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG1を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG1の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG1を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG1を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG1を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG1を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG1 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG1 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG1 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG1.
(4) Formation of colored layer In (4) of Example 1, the procedure was the same as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG1 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1. Thus, a colored layer CG1 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、1-ペンタノール4.40g(50.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で15時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、比較中間体2を得た。
比較中間体2は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative example 2)
(1) Production of Comparative Halogenated
After liquid separation, the organic layer was purified using a silica gel column to obtain
Comparative intermediate 2 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.66 g (10.0 mmol) of
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative
A representative chemical structural formula of the comparative
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材2を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG2を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG2の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG2を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG2を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Coloring Material Liquid CG2 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG2 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG2 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG2.
(4) Formation of colored layer In (4) of Example 1, the procedure was the same as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG2 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1. Thus, a colored layer CG2 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3の製造
50mlフラスコにテトラフルオロフタロニトリルを2.40g(12.0mmol)とベンゾニトリル12.0gを投入し、次いで、ヨウ化亜鉛0.96g(3.00mmol)を投入し、150℃で16時間攪拌しながら反応させた。反応液を室温まで冷ました後に水とメタノールの混合溶媒(3:7)を20ml投入し、発生した析出物を、ろ紙で回収し、イソプロピルアルコールにて複数回、ビーカー中での攪拌と、ろ過を繰り返して洗浄した。
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3を得た。比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative Example 3)
(1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 3 2.40 g (12.0 mmol) of tetrafluorophthalonitrile and 12.0 g of benzonitrile were charged into a 50 ml flask, and then 0.96 g (3.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added. ) was added and reacted with stirring at 150° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 3. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 3 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材3を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG3を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG3の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG3を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG3を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG3 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 3 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG3 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG3 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG3.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG3 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. Thus, a colored layer CG3 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、4-(ヒドロキシメチル)安息香酸メチル8.31g(50.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で15時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、比較中間体4を得た。
比較中間体4は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体4の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative Example 4)
(1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 8.31 g (50.0 mmol) of methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation treatment was performed with pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was subjected to a purification treatment using a silica gel column, and a comparative intermediate 4 was obtained.
Comparative intermediate 4 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 4 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.94 g (8.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 4 and 19.7 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.64 g (2.00 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4.
A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 4 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材4を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG4を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG4の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG4を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG4を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG4 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 4 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG4 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG4 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG4.
(4) Formation of colored layer In (4) of Example 1, the procedure was the same as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG4 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1. Thus, a colored layer CG4 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材5の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル6.0g(30.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド30mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル8.05g(60.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム6.22g(45.0mmol)を投入し、100℃で15時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、比較中間体5を得た。
比較中間体5は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative Example 5)
(1) Production of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Coloring Material 5 6.0 g (30.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 30 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Next, 8.05 g (60.0 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 6.22 g (45.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation treatment was performed with pure water.
After liquid separation, the organic layer was purified using a silica gel column to obtain Comparative Intermediate 5.
Comparative intermediate 5 was analyzed by LC-MS. Representative chemical structural formulas of comparative intermediates are shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材5を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材5の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 4.28 g (10.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 5 and 17.0 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.80 g (2.50 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 5.
A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Halogenated Phthalocyanine Colorant 5 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材5を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG5を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG5の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG5を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG5を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG5 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 5 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG5 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG5 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG5.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG5 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. Thus, a colored layer CG5 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材6の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、グリコール酸エチル5.21g(50.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で15時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、比較中間体6を得た。
比較中間体6は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体6の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative Example 6)
(1) Production of comparative halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 6 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40°C until dissolved. Next, 5.21 g (50.0 mmol) of ethyl glycolate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation treatment was performed with pure water.
The organic layer after liquid separation was subjected to a purification treatment using a silica gel column, and a comparative intermediate 6 was obtained.
Comparative intermediate 6 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 6 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材6を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材6の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.68 g (10.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 6 and 18.4 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.80 g (2.50 mmol) of zinc iodide was added, and the mixture was stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 6.
A representative chemical structural formula of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 6 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材6を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG6を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG6の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG6を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG6を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG6を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG6を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG6 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 6 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG6 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG6 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG6.
(4) Formation of colored layer In (4) of Example 1, the procedure was the same as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG6 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1. Thus, a colored layer CG6 was obtained.
(1)比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材7の製造
100mlフラスコに、テトラクロロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)とN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド25mlを投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次に、trans-4-ヒドロキシシクロヘキサンカルボン酸メチル8.61g(50.0mmol)を投入し、溶解するまで40℃で攪拌した。次いで炭酸カリウム5.18g(37.5mmol)を投入し、100℃で15時間反応させた。反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られた固体をクロロホルムに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
分液後の有機層について、シリカゲルカラムによる精製処理を行い、比較中間体7を得た。
比較中間体7は、LC-MSで分析した。比較中間体7の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 (Comparative Example 7)
(1) Production of comparative halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material 7 5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrachlorophthalonitrile and 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were placed in a 100 ml flask and stirred at 40°C until dissolved. Next, 8.61 g (50.0 mmol) of methyl trans-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate was added and stirred at 40° C. until dissolved. Then, 5.18 g (37.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and reacted at 100° C. for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction solution using an evaporator, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and liquid separation treatment was performed with pure water.
After liquid separation, the organic layer was subjected to a purification treatment using a silica gel column to obtain a comparative intermediate 7.
Comparative intermediate 7 was analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Comparative Intermediate 7 is shown below.
得られた生成物を乾燥し、比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材7を得た。
比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材7の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。 3.68 g (10.00 mmol) of Comparative Intermediate 7 and 18.4 g of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask, then 0.80 g (2.50 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and stirred at 150° C. for 16 hours. while reacting. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of a mixed solvent of water and methanol (3:7) was added, and the generated precipitate was collected with filter paper, stirred several times with isopropyl alcohol in a beaker, and filtered. was washed repeatedly.
The resulting product was dried to obtain a comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 7.
A representative chemical structural formula of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 7 is shown below.
実施例1の(2)において、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材1の代わりに、上記で得られた比較ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材7を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較色材液CG7を得た。
(3)比較着色硬化性組成物CG7の製造
実施例1の(3)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG7を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG7を得た。
(4)着色層の形成
実施例1の(4)において、着色硬化性組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較着色硬化性組成物CG7を用いた以外は、実施例1の(4)と同様にして、着色層CG7を得た。 (2) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG7 Except for using an equimolar amount of the comparative halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 7 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant 1 in (2) of Example 1, A comparative colorant liquid CG7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(3) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG7 In the same manner as in (3) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG7 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (3) of Example 1. , to obtain a comparative colored curable composition CG7.
(4) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as in (4) of Example 1, except that the comparative colored curable composition CG7 was used instead of the colored curable composition G1 in (4) of Example 1. Thus, a colored layer CG7 was obtained.
(1)着色硬化性組成物の溶解性評価
着色硬化性組成物の調製直後、及び調製後25℃湿度50%で2週間静置後において、不溶物の有無を目視で観察した。
(評価基準)
〇:不溶物がない
×:不溶物がある [Evaluation method]
(1) Solubility Evaluation of Colored Curable Composition Immediately after preparation of the colored curable composition and after standing at 25° C. and 50% humidity for 2 weeks, the presence or absence of insoluble matter was visually observed.
(Evaluation criteria)
〇: No insoluble matter ×: There is insoluble matter
着色層形成時の乾燥・露光後硬化膜(加熱工程前硬化膜)と、着色層(加熱工程後硬化膜)について、それぞれ異物の析出とコントラストの評価を行った。
<異物の析出>
着色層形成時の乾燥・露光後硬化膜(加熱工程前硬化膜)と、着色層(加熱工程後硬化膜)について、光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察を行い、下記評価基準で評価した。
(異物の析出評価基準)
A:光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察において析出物が観察されない。
B:光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察において1μm未満の微小な析出物が1mm四方領域あたり10個以下観察される。
C:光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察において1μm未満の微小な析出物が1mm四方領域あたり10個超過観察される、及び/又は、1μm以上の析出物が1mm四方領域あたり10個以下観察される。
D:光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察において1μm以上の析出物が1mm四方領域あたり10個超過観察される。 (2) Evaluation of colored layer Precipitation of foreign substances and contrast were evaluated for the cured film after drying and exposure (cured film before heating process) and the colored layer (cured film after heating process) at the time of forming the colored layer.
<Precipitation of Foreign Matter>
The cured film after drying and exposure (cured film before heating process) and the colored layer (cured film after heating process) at the time of forming the colored layer were observed with reflected light at a magnification of 200 using an optical microscope and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
(Evaluation Criteria for Precipitation of Foreign Matter)
A: No precipitate is observed in 200-fold reflected light observation with an optical microscope.
B: 10 or less minute precipitates of less than 1 µm are observed per 1 mm square area in observation with reflected light of 200x optical microscope.
C: More than 10 fine precipitates of less than 1 μm are observed per 1 mm square area in reflected light observation at 200x optical microscope, and/or 10 or less precipitates of 1 μm or more are observed per 1 mm square area.
D: More than 10 precipitates of 1 μm or more are observed per 1 mm square area in 200× reflected light observation with an optical microscope.
各着色層(加熱工程前・後の硬化膜)について、壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて、ブランク18000としてコントラストを測定した。
(コントラスト評価基準)
A:コントラストが10000超過
B:コントラストが8000~10000
C:コントラストが8000未満
D:測定不可(異物多数によりデータの信頼性なし) <Contrast>
Contrast of each colored layer (cured film before and after the heating process) was measured using a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd. and a microscopic spectroscopic measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd. as a blank 18000.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
A: Contrast exceeds 10000 B: Contrast is 8000 to 10000
C: Contrast less than 8000 D: Unmeasurable (data unreliable due to many foreign substances)
従来のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材に相当する比較例1~3のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材はいずれも、加熱工程後の硬化膜に異物が析出し、コントラストが悪かった。比較例2及び3のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材は、乾燥露光後の硬化膜から異物が析出し、組成物の溶解安定性も劣っていた。
比較例4~7のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材もいずれも、加熱工程後の硬化膜に異物が析出し、コントラストが悪かった。比較例5及び6のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材は、乾燥露光後の硬化膜から異物が析出した。
それに対して、本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材である実施例1~4のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材はいずれも、加熱工程後の硬化膜においても異物が析出せず、コントラストが良好であった。 [Summary of results]
In all of the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 3, which correspond to the conventional halogenated phthalocyanine coloring materials, foreign matters precipitated on the cured film after the heating process, and the contrast was poor. In the halogenated phthalocyanine colorants of Comparative Examples 2 and 3, foreign matter precipitated from the cured film after dry exposure, and the dissolution stability of the composition was poor.
In all of the halogenated phthalocyanine coloring materials of Comparative Examples 4 to 7, foreign substances were deposited on the cured film after the heating process, and the contrast was poor. In the halogenated phthalocyanine colorants of Comparative Examples 5 and 6, foreign matter was deposited from the cured film after dry exposure.
On the other hand, all of the halogenated phthalocyanine colorants of Examples 1 to 4, which are the halogenated phthalocyanine colorants of the present invention, did not deposit foreign matter in the cured film after the heating step, and had good contrast.
2 遮光部
3 着色層
10 カラーフィルタ
20 対向基板
30 液晶層
40 液晶表示装置
50 有機保護層
60 無機酸化膜
71 透明陽極
72 正孔注入層
73 正孔輸送層
74 発光層
75 電子注入層
76 陰極
80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置 REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1
Claims (7)
- 下記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材。
X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-1)~(2-5)で表される1価の基であり、X1~X16の少なくとも1つは、下記一般式(2-6)で表される1価の基である。
一般式(2) : *-O-RP
一般式(2-1): *-O-RL1-Ra
一般式(2-2): *-O-(RL2-O)n-Rb
一般式(2-3): *-O-RL2-COO-Rb
一般式(2-4): *-O-RL2-OCO-Rb
一般式(2-5): *-O-Rc
一般式(2-6): *-O-Ra
(一般式(2)、及び(2-1)~(2-6)中、
RPは、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基、-RL1-Ra、-(RL2-O)n-Rb、-RL2-COO-Rb、又は、-RL2-OCO-Rbを表し、RL1は炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-CO-基を表し、RL2はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Raは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Rbは水素原子、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数1~6の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基、置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換若しくは非置換の環構成原子数5~14の複素環基を表し、Rcは置換若しくは非置換の炭素原子数5~14の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。nは1~5の整数を表す。*は、フタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。)] A halogenated phthalocyanine colorant represented by the following general formula (1).
At least one of X 1 to X 16 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formulas (2-1) to (2-5) below. and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a monovalent group represented by general formula (2-6) below.
General formula (2): *-OR P
General formula (2-1): *-OR L1 -R a
General formula (2-2): *-O-(R L2 -O) n -R b
General formula (2-3): *-OR L2 -COO-R b
General formula (2-4): *-OR L2 -OCO-R b
General formula (2-5): *-OR c
General formula (2-6): *-OR a
(General formulas (2) and (2-1) to (2-6),
R P is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, —R L1 —R a , —(R L2 —O) n —R b , -R L2 -COO-R b or -R L2 -OCO-R b , wherein R L1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a -CO- group, and R L2 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R a represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, R b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted Linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, and R c represents a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 14 carbon atoms. n represents an integer of 1-5. * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton. )] - 色材と、ポリマーと、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
前記色材が、請求項1に記載のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含有する、着色硬化性組成物。 Containing a coloring material, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent,
A colored curable composition, wherein the colorant comprises the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant according to claim 1 . - 増感剤をさらに含有する、請求項2に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to claim 2, further comprising a sensitizer.
- 前記開始剤が、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含む、請求項2又は3に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the initiator comprises an oxime ester photoinitiator.
- 黄色色材をさらに含有する、請求項2~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to any one of claims 2 to 4, further containing a yellow colorant.
- 基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項2~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to any one of claims 2 to 5. is a color filter.
- 前記請求項6に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 6.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202280049999.1A CN117677675A (en) | 2021-07-20 | 2022-07-11 | Halogenated phthalocyanine color material, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device |
JP2023536700A JPWO2023002875A1 (en) | 2021-07-20 | 2022-07-11 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2021-119493 | 2021-07-20 | ||
JP2021119493 | 2021-07-20 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023002875A1 true WO2023002875A1 (en) | 2023-01-26 |
Family
ID=84979228
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/027188 WO2023002875A1 (en) | 2021-07-20 | 2022-07-11 | Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2023002875A1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN117677675A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202321377A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023002875A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2025088941A1 (en) * | 2023-10-27 | 2025-05-01 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH05345861A (en) * | 1992-04-14 | 1993-12-27 | Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd | New fluorine-containing phthalocyanine compound, its production and near infrared absorption material comprising the same |
JP2014067019A (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2014-04-17 | Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd | Resin composition for forming light selective transmission filter and application thereof |
JP2014153554A (en) * | 2013-02-08 | 2014-08-25 | Fujifilm Corp | Curable composition and color filter |
-
2022
- 2022-07-11 CN CN202280049999.1A patent/CN117677675A/en active Pending
- 2022-07-11 JP JP2023536700A patent/JPWO2023002875A1/ja active Pending
- 2022-07-11 WO PCT/JP2022/027188 patent/WO2023002875A1/en active Application Filing
- 2022-07-14 TW TW111126446A patent/TW202321377A/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH05345861A (en) * | 1992-04-14 | 1993-12-27 | Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd | New fluorine-containing phthalocyanine compound, its production and near infrared absorption material comprising the same |
JP2014067019A (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2014-04-17 | Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd | Resin composition for forming light selective transmission filter and application thereof |
JP2014153554A (en) * | 2013-02-08 | 2014-08-25 | Fujifilm Corp | Curable composition and color filter |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2025088941A1 (en) * | 2023-10-27 | 2025-05-01 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device |
JP7675268B1 (en) | 2023-10-27 | 2025-05-12 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices |
JP2025078584A (en) * | 2023-10-27 | 2025-05-20 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2023002875A1 (en) | 2023-01-26 |
CN117677675A (en) | 2024-03-08 |
TW202321377A (en) | 2023-06-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6494875B2 (en) | Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device | |
JP6578252B2 (en) | Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device | |
JP6059397B2 (en) | Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device | |
WO2018062105A1 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device | |
JP6059396B2 (en) | Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device | |
TWI510564B (en) | Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, display element, and pigment dispersion for color filter | |
WO2017159634A1 (en) | Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device | |
JP5110222B2 (en) | Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device | |
JP2017156524A (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, display device | |
WO2018124087A1 (en) | Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device | |
JP6826828B2 (en) | Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices | |
JP6868359B2 (en) | Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices | |
JP5899719B2 (en) | Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device | |
WO2023002875A1 (en) | Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device | |
JPWO2012005203A1 (en) | Triarylmethane colorant, coloring composition, color filter, and display element | |
CN112585507B (en) | Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device | |
WO2023026894A1 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device | |
JP6450057B1 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device | |
JP7105221B2 (en) | COLOR MATERIAL DISPERSION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR RESIN COMPOSITION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR FILTER, DISPLAY | |
JP7506013B2 (en) | Halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material, coloring material liquid, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device | |
JP7675268B1 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices | |
JP6895294B2 (en) | Color material dispersion liquid, color material, colored resin composition, color filter, and display device | |
JP2012201875A (en) | Blue pigment dispersion, blue negative resist composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device | |
JP2020126093A (en) | Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive coloring resin composition and cured substance thereof, color filter, and display device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22845809 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2023536700 Country of ref document: JP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202280049999.1 Country of ref document: CN |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22845809 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |